STATE OF CALIFORNIA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
__________________________________________________________

APPLICABLE STANDARDS
BOOK 3
I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements
(Devore)
FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ON STATE HIGHWAY

On I-15 from 0.8 mile south of Glen Helen Parkway UC to 1.4 mile north of Kenwood Ave UC.
And
On I-215 from 1.2 mile south of Devore Road OC to the I-15 junction
DISTRICT 08, ROUTE I-15/I-215

__________________________________________________________

CONTRACT NO. 08-0K7104

08-SBD-I-15 PM 14.0/R16.4, I-215 PM 16.0/17.8
Project ID 08000003664

Federal Aid Project

Xxxxxxxx
Dated: April 17, 2012
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INDEX OF STANDARDS, MANUALS, GUIDELINES AND REFERENCES ...................................1-1
2 MODIFICATIONS TO DEPARTMENT (CALTRANS) MANUALS ..................................................2-1
3 MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL MEMORANDA (NOT USED) ................................................3-1
4 DESIGN-BUILD MODIFICATIONS TO THE CALTRANS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
2010 EDITION............................................................................................................................................4-1
5 MODIFICATIONS TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................5-1

Table of Contents i
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

1 INDEX OF STANDARDS, MANUALS, GUIDELINES AND

REFERENCES

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
A Guide for Accommodating Utilities
1 AASHTO 4th Edition 2005 IS
within Highway Right-of-Way
A Guide for Achieving Flexibility in
2 AASHTO 1st Edition 2004 IS
Highway Design
A Guide for Methods and Procedures
3 AASHTO 2nd Edition 2002 IS
in Contract Maintenance
A Guide for the Development of Rest
4 AASHTO Areas on Major Arterials and 3rd Edition 2001 IS
Freeways
A Guide for Transportation Landscape
5 AASHTO 2nd Edition 1991 IS
and Environmental Design
A Guide to Small Sign Support
6 AASHTO June 1998 IS
Hardware
A Guide to Standardized Highway
7 AASHTO 2nd Edition 1995 IS
Barrier Hardware
A Guide to Standardized Highway
8 AASHTO April 1980 IS
Lighting Pole Hardware
A Manual of User Benefit Analysis for
9 AASHTO 3rd Edition 2010 IS
Highways
A Policy on Design Standards-
10 AASHTO 5th Edition 2005 IS
Interstate System
A Policy on Geometric Design of
11 AASHTO Highways and Streets - "The Green 5th Edition 2004 IS
Book"
A Policy On the Accommodation Of
5th Edition
12 AASHTO Utilities Within Freeway Right of IS
October 2005
Way
AASHTO Bridge Element Inspection
Manual, 1st Edition
13 AASHTO 2011 IS
BEM-1
BEM-1-UL

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction
14 AASHTO Specifications, 3rd Edition, 2010 2010 IS
Interim Revisions
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction
Specifications, 3rd Edition, with 2010
15 AASHTO 3rd Edition 2010 IS
Interim Revisions
LRFDCONS-3-M
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction
Specifications, 3rd Edition, with 2010
16 AASHTO Interim Revisions, Single User Digital 3rd Edition 2010 IS
Publication
LRFDCONS-3-UL
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications, Customary U.S. Units,
17 AASHTO 5th Edition, with 2010 Interim 5th Edition 2010 IS
Revisions
LRFDUS-5-M
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications, Customary U.S. Units,
18 AASHTO 5th Edition, with 2010 Interim 5th Edition 2010 IS
Revisions
LRFDUS-5-UL
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
19 AASHTO Specifications, Customary U.S. Units, 2010 IS
5th Edition, 2010 Interim Revisions
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications, Customary U.S. Units,
20 AASHTO Second Edition, Single User Digital 2nd Edition 1998 IS
Publication
LRFDUS-2-UL
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
21 AASHTO Specifications 4th Edition 2007 IS

AASHTO LRFD Design Examples

IS
22 AASHTO Horizontally Curved Steel Bridges 2006
W
GHC-4I1-OL
AASHTO LRFD Movable Highway
Bridge Design Specifications, 2008
23 AASHTO 2008 IS
Interim Revisions
LRFDMOV-2-I1

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
AASHTO LRFD Movable Highway
Bridge Design Specifications, 2010
24 AASHTO Interim Revisions 2010 IS
LRFDMOV-2-I2-OL
LRFDMOV-2-I2
AASHTO LRFD Movable Highway
Bridge Design Specifications, 2011
25 AASHTO Interim Revisions 2011 IS
LRFDMOV-2-I3-OL
LRFDMOV-2-I3
AASHTO LRFD Movable Highway
Bridge Design Specifications, 2nd
26 AASHTO Edition, with 2008, 2010 and 2011 2nd Edition 2007 IS
Interim Revisions
LRFDMOV-2-M
AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010
Bridge Welding Code, 6th Edition,
27 AASHTO AASHTO 2011Interim Revisions 2011 IS
BWC-6-I1
BWC-6-I1-OL
AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010
Bridge Welding Code, 6th Edition,
6th Edition
28 AASHTO with 2011 AASHTO Interim IS
2010
Revisions
BWC-6-M
IS
29 AASHTO Above and Beyond January 2008
W
An Informational Guide for a Training
30 AASHTO 2nd Edition 1975 IS
Program of Right-of-Way Personnel
Asset Management Data Collection
31 AASHTO Guide, AASHTO-AGC-ARTBA Task June 2006 IS
Force 45 Document
Best Practices in Context-Sensitive
32 AASHTO 2005 IS
Solutions, 2005 Competition
Best Practices in Context-Sensitive 2006 IS
33 AASHTO
Solutions, 2006 Competition
Best Practices in Environmental 1998 IS
34 AASHTO
Partnering: Raising the Bar

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Construction Handbook for Bridge
Temporary Works, 1st Edition, 2008
35 AASHTO 2008 IS
Interim Revisions
CHBTW-1-I1
Construction Handbook for Bridge
Temporary Works, 1st Edition, with
36 AASHTO 1st Edition 1995 IS
2008 Interim Revisions
CHBTW-1-M
Construction Manual for Highway
37 AASHTO 4th Edition 1990 IS
Construction
Design Drawing Presentation IS
38 AASHTO 2003
Guidelines, G 1.2 - 2003 W
Design Policy Archive, 1st Edition,
39 AASHTO January 2004 IS
Single-User CD-ROM
40 AASHTO Driving to Success with CSS 2007 IS
EMS Implementation Handy Guide
41 AASHTO Number One: Making the Case for an May 2004 IS
Environmental Management System
EMS Implementation Handy Guide
Number Two: EMS, A Bridge for
42 AASHTO May 2004 IS
Organizational Coordination and
Communications
Environmental Successes in
43 AASHTO 2001 IS
Transportation Project Development
2nd Edition 1978 IS
44 AASHTO Foundation Investigation Manual
Guidance on Sharing Freeway and
1997 IS
45 AASHTO Highway Rights-of-Way for
Telecommunications
Guide Design Specifications for
1st Edition 1995 IS
46 AASHTO Bridge Temporary Works, 1st Edition,
with 2008 Interim Revisions
Guide Design Specifications for
Bridge Temporary Works, 1st Edition,
47 AASHTO 1995 IS
with 2008 Interim Revisions
GSBTW-1-M

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Guide Design Specifications for
Bridge Temporary Works, 2008
48 AASHTO 2008 IS
Interim Revisions
GWBTW-1-I1
Guide for Commonly Recognized
49 AASHTO Structural Elements and its 2002 November 2001 IS
Interim Revisions
50 AASHTO Guide for Consultant Contracting March 2008 IS
Guide for Contracting, Selecting, and
3rd Edition 1996 IS
51 AASHTO Managing Consultants in
Preconstruction Engineering
Guide for Design of Pavement 1993 IS
52 AASHTO
Structures and 1998 Supplement
January 2008 IS
53 AASHTO Guide for Design-Build Procurement
Guide for High-Occupancy Vehicle 3rd Edition 2004 IS
54 AASHTO
(HOV) Facilities
2nd Edition 2004 IS
55 AASHTO Guide for Park-and-Ride Facilities
1st Edition 2008 IS
56 AASHTO Guide for Pavement Friction
1999 IS
57 AASHTO Guide for Snow and Ice Control
Guide for the Development of Bicycle 3rd Edition 1999 IS
58 AASHTO
Facilities
Guide for the Planning, Design, and 1st Edition 2004 IS
59 AASHTO
Operation of Pedestrian Facilities
Guide Manual for Condition
Evaluation and Load and Resistance
Factor Rating (LRFR) of Highway
60 AASHTO 2005 IS
Bridges, 2005 Interim
LRFR-1-I1-UL
LRFR-1-I1
Guide Manual for Condition
Evaluation and Load and Resistance
Factor Rating (LRFR) of Highway
61 AASHTO 2003 IS
Bridges, 1st Edition, with 2005
Interim Revisions
LRFR-1-M-UL

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Guide on Evaluation and Abatement 1993 IS
62 AASHTO
of Traffic Noise
Guide Specification and Commentary
February 1991 IS
63 AASHTO for Vessel Collision Design of
Highway Bridges
Guide Specification for Application of IS
2006
64 AASHTO Coating Systems with Zinc-Rich W
Primers to Steel Bridges, S 8.1 - 2006
Guide Specifications - Thermal
1st Edition 1989 IS
65 AASHTO Effects in Concrete Bridge
Superstructures
Guide Specifications for Cathodic July 1994 IS
66 AASHTO
Protection of Concrete Bridge Decks
Guide Specifications for Concrete
1990 IS
67 AASHTO Overlay of Pavements and Bridge
Decks
Guide Specifications for Design and
Construction of Segmental Concrete
AASHTO Bridges, 2nd Edition, 2003 Interims 2003 IS
68
Revisions
GSCB-2-I1

Guide Specifications for Design and

Construction of Segmental Concrete
Bridges, 2nd Edition, 2003 Interims
AASHTO 2003 IS
69 Revisions, Single User Digital
Publication
GSCB-2-I1-UL

Guide Specifications for Design and

Construction of Segmental Concrete
AASHTO Bridges, 2nd Edition, with 2003 2nd Edition 1999 IS
70
Interim Revisions
GSCB-2-M

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Guide Specifications for Design and
Construction of Segmental Concrete
Bridges, 2nd Edition, with 2003
AASHTO 2nd Edition 1999 IS
71 Interim Revisions, Single User Digital
Publication
GSCB-2-UL

Guide Specifications for Design of 1st Edition 2008 IS

72 AASHTO
FRP Pedestrian Bridges
Guide Specifications for Design of 1st Edition 1997 IS
73 AASHTO
Pedestrian Bridges
Guide Specifications for Fracture
Critical Non-Redundant Steel Bridge
2nd Edition 1996 IS
74 AASHTO Members, 2nd Edition, 1978, with
1981, 1983, 1984, 1985, and 1986
Interim Revisions
Guide Specifications for Geotextiles in 1990 IS
75 AASHTO
Separate Applications
Guide Specifications for Highway
2nd Edition 2003 IS
76 AASHTO Bridge Fabrication with HPS 70W
(HPS 485W) Steel
Guide Specifications for Highway 9th Edition 2008 IS
77 AASHTO
Construction
Guide Specifications for Polymer October 1995 IS
78 AASHTO
Concrete Bridge Deck Overlays
Guide Specifications for Polymer February 1992 IS
79 AASHTO
Modified Asphalt
Guide Specifications for Seismic 1st Edition 1983 IS
80 AASHTO
Design of Highway Bridges
Guide Specifications for Seismic
AASHTO Isolation Design, 3rd Edition 3rd Edition 2010 IS
81
GSID-3

Guide Specifications for Seismic

Isolation Design, 3rd Edition, Single
AASHTO 3rd Edition 2010 IS
82 User Digital Publication
GSID-3-UL

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Guide Specifications for Shotcrete February 1998 IS
83 AASHTO
Repair of Highway Bridges
Guide Specifications for Strength
1985 IS
84 AASHTO Design of Truss Bridges (Load Factor
Design)
Guide Specifications for Strength
1st Edition 1989 IS
85 AASHTO Evaluation of Existing Steel and
Concrete Bridges
Guide Specifications for Structural
1992 IS
86 AASHTO Design of Sound Barriers, 1992
Interim
Guide Specifications for Structural
2002 IS
87 AASHTO Design of Sound Barriers, 2002
Interim
Guide Specifications for Structural
1989 IS
88 AASHTO Design of Sound Barriers, with 1992
and 2002 Interims
Guide Specifications for the Design of April 1991 IS
89 AASHTO
Stress-Laminated Wood Decks
Guide to Quality in Preconstruction 1st Edition 2002 IS
90 AASHTO
Engineering
Guide to Standardized Highway November 1999 IS
91 AASHTO
Drainage Products
Guide to Wetland Mitigation Issues September 1996 IS
92 AASHTO
for Transportation Designers
Guidelines and Guide Specifications
for Using Pozzolanic Stabilized
1990 IS
93 AASHTO Mixture (Base Course or Subbase) and
Fly Ash for In-Place Subgrade Soil
Modifications
Guidelines for Bridge Management 1st Edition 1993 IS
94 AASHTO
Systems
IS
Guidelines for Design Details, G 1.4 - December 2006
95 AASHTO W
2006
Guidelines for Design for IS
2003
96 AASHTO Constructibility, 2nd Edition, G 12.1 - W
2003

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Guidelines for Geometric Design of
1st Edition 2001 IS
97 AASHTO Very Low-Volume Local Roads (ADT
400)
Guidelines for Historic Bridge 1st Edition 2008 IS
98 AASHTO
Rehabilitation and Replacement
Guidelines for Maintenance 1st Edition 2004 IS
99 AASHTO
Management Systems
Guidelines for the Selection of
4th Edition 2001 IS
100 AASHTO Supplemental Guide Signs for Traffic
Generators Adjacent to Freeways
3rd Edition 2010 IS
101 AASHTO Guidelines for Value Engineering
Hazardous Waste Guide for Project 1st Edition 1990 IS
102 AASHTO
Development
4th Edition 2007 IS
103 AASHTO Highway Drainage Guidelines
Highway Safety Design and 3rd Edition 1997 IS
104 AASHTO
Operations Guide
2nd Edition 2000 IS
105 AASHTO Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Handbook
Implementation Manual for Quality February 1996 IS
106 AASHTO
Assurance
Improving the Quality of May 2006 IS
107 AASHTO
Environmental Documents
1st Edition 1990 IS
108 AASHTO In Situ Soil Improvement Techniques
Informational Guide on Fencing
109 AASHTO 3rd Edition 1990 IS
Controlled Access Highways
Inspectors' Guide for Shotcrete Repair December 1999 IS
110 AASHTO
of Bridges
Maintenance Manual for Roadways 4th Edition 2007 IS
111 AASHTO
and Bridges
2nd Edition 2011 IS
112 AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation
Manual for Condition Evaluation of
2nd Edition 2000 IS
113 AASHTO Bridges, 2nd Edition with 2001 and
2003 Interim Revisions
Manual for Corrosion Protection of 1992 IS
114 AASHTO
Concrete Components in Bridges

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
1st Edition 1988 IS
115 AASHTO Manual on Subsurface Investigations
IS
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control 2009 Edtion
116 AASHTO W
Devices
Mechanistic-Empirical Pavement
2008 IS
117 AASHTO Design Guide, Interim Edition: A
Manual of Practice
3rd Edition 2005 IS
118 AASHTO Model Drainage Manual, CD-ROM
Movable Bridge Inspection, 1st Edition 1998 IS
119 AASHTO
Evaluation, and Maintenance Manual
National Transportation
IS
120 AASHTO Communications for ITS Protocol
(NTCIP)
National Transportation Product IS
121 AASHTO
Evaluation Program (NTPEP)
2005 IS
122 AASHTO Partnering Handbook
Pavement Deflection Data Exchange: 1998 IS
123 AASHTO
Technical Data Guide
1st Edition 2001 IS
124 AASHTO Pavement Management Guide
Policy on Land Use and Source
1980 IS
125 AASHTO Control Aspects of Traffic Noise
Attenuation
Practitioner's Handbook #1:
IS
Maintaining a Project File and 2006
126 AASHTO W
Preparing an Administrative Record
for a NEPA Study
Practitioner's Handbook #10: Using IS
2008
127 AASHTO the Transportation Planning Process to W
Support the NEPA Process
Practitioner's Handbook #2: IS
2006
128 AASHTO Responding to Comments on an W
Environmental Impact Statement
Practitioner's Handbook #3: Managing IS
2006
129 AASHTO the NEPA Process for Toll Lanes and W
Toll Roads

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Practitioner's Handbook #4: Tracking
IS
Compliance with Environmental 2006
130 AASHTO W
Commitments/Use of Environmental
Monitors
Practitioner's Handbook #5: Utilizing IS
2007
131 AASHTO Community Advisory Committees for W
NEPA Studies
Practitioner's Handbook #6: IS
2007
132 AASHTO Consulting under Section 106 of the W
National Preservation Act
Practitioner's Handbook #7: Defining
IS
the Purpose and Need, and 2007
133 AASHTO W
Determining the Range of Alternatives
for Transportation Projects
Practitioner's Handbook #8:
Developing and Implementing an IS
2007
134 AASHTO Environmental Management System W
in a State Department of
Transportation
Practitioner's Handbook #9: Using the IS
2008
135 AASHTO SAFETEA-LU Environmental Review W
Process (23 U.S.C. 139)
Programmatic Agreement Toolkit CD- 2005 IS
136 AASHTO
ROM
2011 Edition IS
137 AASHTO Provisional Standards
Quality Assurance Guide 1st Edition 1996 IS
138 AASHTO
Specification, 1st Edition
Recommendations for the
December 2006 IS
139 AASHTO Qualification of Structural Bolting
Inspectors, G 4.2 - 2006
Report of the AASHTO Task Force on 1st Edition 1990 IS
140 AASHTO
Corridor Preservation
Report on Cold Recycling of Asphalt 1988 IS
141 AASHTO
Pavements
Right of Way and Utilities Guidelines January 6, 2004 IS
142 AASHTO
and Best Practices
4th Edition 2011 IS
143 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, 4th Edition

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-12

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
October 2005 IS
144 AASHTO Roadway Lighting Design Guide
IS
Sample Owners Quality Assurance 2006
145 AASHTO W
Manual, G 4.4 - 2006
SDMS Data Structure Technical 2000 IS
146 AASHTO
Guide
SegregationCauses and Cures for 1st Edition 1997 IS
147 AASHTO
Hot-Mix Asphalt
Shop Detail Drawing IS
2000
148 AASHTO Review/Approval Guidelines, G 1.1- W
2000
IS
Shop Detail Drawings Presentation 2002
149 AASHTO W
Guidelines, G 1.3-2002
Standard Specifications for Highway 13th Edition 1983 IS
150 AASHTO
Bridges
Standard Specifications for Highway 17th Edition 2002 IS
151 AASHTO
Bridges
Standard Specifications for Highway 2nd Edition 1935 IS
152 AASHTO
Bridges
Standard Specifications for Highway 8th Edition 1961 IS
153 AASHTO
Bridges
Standard Specifications for Highway 1st Edition 1931 IS
154 AASHTO
Bridges and Incidental Structures
Standard Specifications for Movable
August 1988 IS
155 AASHTO Highway Bridges, with 1992, 1993,
and 1995 Interims
Standard Specifications for Structural
Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 5th
AASHTO 2010 IS
156 Edition, 2010 Interim Revisions
LTS-5-I1
LTS-5-I1-UL

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-13

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Standard Specifications for Structural
Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 5th
AASHTO 2011 IS
157 Edition, 2011 Interim Revisions
LTS-5-I2
LTS-5-I2-UL

Standard Specifications for Structural

Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 5th
AASHTO 5th Edition 2009 IS
158 Edition, with 2010 and 2011 Interim
Revisions
LTS-5-M

Standard Specifications for

Transportation Materials and Methods
31st Edition 2011 IS
159 AASHTO of Sampling and Testing, 31st Edition,
and Provisional Standards, 2011
Edition with single-user CD-ROM
Steel Bridge Bearing Design and 2004 IS
160 AASHTO
Detailing Guidelines, G9.1-2004
Steel Bridge Erection Guide
2007 IS
161 AASHTO Specification, Sample Erection Plans,
S10.1-2007
Steel Bridge Fabrication Guide 2002 IS
162 AASHTO
Specification, S 2.1-2002
Steel Bridge Fabrication QC/QA 2002 IS
163 AASHTO
Guide Specification, S 4.1-2002
Strategic Highway Safety Plan - A
Comprehensive Plan to Substantially 2005 IS
164 AASHTO
Reduce Vehicle-Related Fatalities and
Injuries on the Nation's Highways
Taking the High Road: The
Environmental and Social 1st Edition 2001 IS
165 AASHTO
Contributions of America's Highway
Programs
The Use and State-of-the-Practice of 2001 IS
166 AASHTO
Fiber Reinforced Concrete

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-14

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Uniform Vehicle CodeMillenium Millenium Edition IS
167 AASHTO
Edition
Using the Environmental Management
System to Meet Transportation 2003 IS
168 AASHTO
Challenges and Opportunities. An
Implementation Guide
Virtual Superpave Laboratory 2005 IS
169 AASHTO
Interactive CD-ROM
ACI-318-08
Building Code Requirements for January 1, 2008 IS
170 ACI
Structural Concrete and Commentary
(Includes Errata)
American with Disabilities Act
September 2002 W
171 ADAAG Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings
and Facilities
Aluminum
Aluminum Books and Alloys Number Various IS
172 Association for
319.0
Alloy
American
Congress on
Surveying and
Definitions of Surveying and 1978 IS
173 Mapping and the
Associated Terms
American
Society of Civil
Engineers
American Iron
Handbook of Steel Drainage and 2007 W
174 and Steel
Highway Construction Products
Institute
Illuminating Engineering Society of
July 1, 2000 IS
175 ANSI North America Roadway Lighting
ANSI Approved
Standard for Welding Procedure and November 4, 2004 IS
176 ANSI
Performance Qualification
Recommended Practice for Planning,
Design, and Constructing Fixed July 1, 1993 IS
177 API
Offshore Platforms Load and
Resistance Factor Design
American Public Works Association
February 29, 2000 W
178 APWA Standard Location for Utilities in
Public Right of Ways

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-15

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Standard Location for Utilities in 1968 W
179 APWA
Public Rights of Way
American Railway Engineering and
Various W
180 AREMA Maintenance of Way Association
Publications
1977 IS
181 ASCE Practical Highway Aesthetics
American Society of Testing and 2009 IS
182 ASTM
Materials Standards
Document No. GR-326, Issue 04,
Bellcore / Generic Requirements for Single- February 2010 IS
183
Telcordia Mode Optical Fiber Connectors and
Jumper Assemblies
Guidelines For Railroad Grade January 24, 2007 W
184 BNSF/UPRR
Separation Projects
California Noxious Weed Law,
California California Statutes and the current
October 20, 2003 W
185 Department of state list prohibited noxious weeds and
Agriculture restricted noxious weeds ("Noxious
Plants of California")
California
Environmental April 2003 W
186 Managing Asbestos Waste
Protection
Agency
IS
187 Cal-OSHA Cal-OSHA Safety Manual
2006 Revised Standards Plans and Various W
188 Caltrans
New Standard Plans
A Summary of Prevailing Wage
April 2006 E
189 Caltrans Requirements for Contract Analysts
and Contract Managers
A Test Plan for the Characterization
February 8, 2011 W
190 Caltrans and Qualification of Highway Bridge
Seismic Isolation Bearing Devices
A Test Plan for the Characterization
February 23, 1995 W
191 Caltrans and Qualification of Highway Bridge
Seismic Isolator and Damping Devices
Additional Calibration of Traffic August 27, 2003 W
192 Caltrans
Noise Prediction Models

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-16

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
January 2003 E
193 Caltrans Asphalt Rubber Usage Guide
Berm and Wall Options, Coding of
Low Barriers, Zero Height Index,
January 17, 2002 W
194 Caltrans Grade Corrections, and Other Issues in
Sound32/ Sound 2000 and LeqV2
Traffic Noise Prediction Programs
April 4, 2007 W
195 Caltrans Bridge Computer Manual
Bridge Construction Records and June 30, 2008 W
196 Caltrans
Procedures Manual, Volume I
Bridge Construction Records and August 1, 2008 W
197 Caltrans
Procedures Manual, Volume II
January 1991 W
198 Caltrans Bridge Deck Construction Manual
April 2005 W
199 Caltrans Bridge Design Aids
August 12, 2007 W
200 Caltrans Bridge Design Details
October 25, 2007 W
201 Caltrans Bridge Design Practice Manual
W
202 Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications November 7,2008
December 17, 2007 W
203 Caltrans Bridge Memo To Designers
August 2, 2011 W
204 Caltrans Bridge Standard Detail Sheets
October 27, 2006 W
205 Caltrans Bridge Structural Reference Sheets
November 25, 2003 W
206 Caltrans Bridge Strudl Manual
October 30, 2008 W
207 Caltrans CADD Users Manual
California Amendments to the
September 29, 2010 W
208 Caltrans AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications Fourth Edition
3rd Edition October
California Bank and Shore Rock Slope W
209 Caltrans 2000
Protection, plus Appendix

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-17

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Portions W
210 Caltrans California Code Regulations Title 24
July 1997 E
211 Caltrans California Foundation Manual
June 2002 E
212 Caltrans California Highway Barrier Aesthetics
California Manual on Uniform Traffic September 26, 2006 W
213 Caltrans
Control Devices (CA MUTCD)
California Seismic Hazard Map and July 1996 W
214 Caltrans
Report
September 2006 W
215 Caltrans California Sign Chart
September 28, 2006 W
216 Caltrans California Sign Specifications
Various W
217 Caltrans California Test Methods
California Vehicle Noise Emission January 1987 W
218 Caltrans
Levels
December 17, 2007 W
219 Caltrans Caltrans Strategic Plan 2007-2012
April 2006 W
220 Caltrans Changeable Message Sign Guidelines
CHP/Caltrans Call Box and Motorist May 1999 E
221 Caltrans
Aid Guidelines
Code of Safe Practices for October 27, 2005 W
222 Caltrans
Geotechnical Drilling
2002 E
223 Caltrans Code of Safe Surveying Practices
October 2003 W
224 Caltrans Confidentiality Agreement
September 2007 W
225 Caltrans Construction Manual
Various W
226 Caltrans Construction Policy Bulletins
Various W
227 Caltrans Construction Procedure Directives
Construction Site Best Management
January 2003 W
228 Caltrans Practices (BMPs) Field Manual and
Troubleshooting Guide

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-18

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Construction Site Best Management May 2004 W
229 Caltrans
Practices (BMPs) Manual
Construction Site BMPs Details and Various W
230 Caltrans
Drawings
Various W
231 Caltrans Construction Site BMPs Fact Sheets
W
232 Caltrans Construction Site BMPs Symbols
Construction Site Storm Water Quality December 2003 W
233 Caltrans
Sampling Guidance Manual
Construction Storm Water January 2003 W
234 Caltrans
Coordinator Guidance Manual
Continuously Reinforced Concrete
June 5, 2007 W
235 Caltrans Pavement (CRCP) Design and
Construction Guide
September 2003 W
236 Caltrans Corrosion Guidelines
Cost Effectiveness-Public Interest November 2006 E
237 Caltrans
Finding Guidelines
Various E
238 Caltrans Deputy Directives by Number
Various E
239 Caltrans Design Information Bulletin
Various E
240 Caltrans Design Memoranda
Various E
241 Caltrans Director's Policies by Number
Distance Limits for Traffic Noise
Prediction Models April 24, 2002 W
242 Caltrans
Technical Advisory, Noise TAN-02-
02
Division of Construction Storm Water
December 2003 W
243 Caltrans Management Enforcement Guidance
Manual
Dowel Bar Retrofit - MTAG Vol. II - 2nd Edition
W
244 Caltrans Rigid Pavement Preservation Chapter January 18, 2008
6
Drafting and Plans Manual of March 1996 W
245 Caltrans
Instructions

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-19

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
September 2000 W
246 Caltrans Element Inspection
Encroachment Permits Application January 2009 W
247 Caltrans
Guide
7th Edition W
248 Caltrans Encroachment Permits Manual
Encroachment Permits Utility and December 2008 W
249 Caltrans
Tree Trimming Special Provisions
Engineering Services General February 5, 2002 W
250 Caltrans
Directory
W
251 Caltrans Erosion Control Toolbox
January 1988 W
252 Caltrans Falsework Manual
Field Guide for Construction Site October 2001 W
253 Caltrans
Dewatering
Field Guide to Partnering on Caltrans July 2008 W
254 Caltrans
Projects
May 2007 W
255 Caltrans Flagging Instruction Handbook
Flexible Pavement Design Examples - September 28, 2006 W
256 Caltrans
New Construction
2011 W
257 Caltrans Flexible Pavement Guidance
Flexible Pavement Rehabilitation June 2006 W
258 Caltrans
Design Examples
Flexible Pavement Rehabilitation June 2008 W
259 Caltrans
Using Pulverization
October 2003 W
260 Caltrans Fog Seal Guidelines
November 2008 W
261 Caltrans Foundation Manual
Foundation Report Preparation for December 2009 W
262 Caltrans
Bridges
General Guidelines for Studying the
November 30, 1998 W
263 Caltrans Effects of Noise Barriers on Distant
Receivers
July 2, 2010 W
264 Caltrans Geotechnical Manual

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-20

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
GS Procedure: Overhead Sign March 1, 2006 W
265 Caltrans
Foundation Guidelines
GS Procedure: Report Titles and January 1, 2006 W
266 Caltrans
Guidelines
Guidance for Temporary Soil July 2003 W
267 Caltrans
Stabilization
Guide for Design and Construction of
January 9, 2008 W
268 Caltrans New Jointed Plain Concrete
Pavements
Guidelines and Specifications for July 2008 W
269 Caltrans
Trenchless Technology
Guidelines for Preparing Geotechnical December 2006 W
270 Caltrans
Design Reports
Guidelines for Structures Foundation March 2006 W
271 Caltrans
Reports
6th Edition
W
272 Caltrans Highway Design Manual 07/01/08

Highway Traffic Noise Analysis and June 1995 W

273 Caltrans
Abatement, Policy and Guidelines
HOV Guidelines for Planning, Design 2003 W
274 Caltrans
and Operations
Implementation of Caltrans 2009 August 6, 2009 W
275 Caltrans
Seismic Design Procedures
July 2005 W
276 Caltrans Independent Assurance Manual
Portions W
277 Caltrans Index of California Test Methods
Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement
September 18, 2008 W
278 Caltrans (JPCP) Preservation and
Rehabilitation Design Guide
1st Edition W
279 Caltrans Labor Compliance Manual
Labor Surcharge and Equipment
2007 W
280 Caltrans Rental Rate Information - Effective
April1, 2011 through March 31, 2012
January 2008 W
281 Caltrans Landscape Architecture PS&E Guide

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-21

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
November 2007
Life Cycle Cost Analysis Procedures Updated W
282 Caltrans
Manual August 2010

Local Agency Structure

W
283 Caltrans Representative (LASR) Guidelines August 2008

LRFD Guidelines for the Seismic November 2001 W

284 Caltrans
Design of Highway Bridges
Main Streets: Flexibility in Design & January 2005 W
285 Caltrans
Operations
Volume 1
W
286 Caltrans Maintenance Manual July 2006

Maintenance Technical Advisory October 2003 W

287 Caltrans
Guide (TAG)
08-01-08
Miscellaneous equipment rental rate W
288 Caltrans 03-31-09
book
June 1, 2008 W
289 Caltrans New Product Evaluation Guidelines
Office of Specially of Funded Projects
W
290 Caltrans (OSFP) Information and Procedures
Guide
Office of Structural Materials
291 Caltrans Practices and Procedures Manual April 2010 W

Open Graded Friction Course Usage February 8, 2006 W

292 Caltrans
Guide
OSFP Information and Procedure July 2007 W
293 Caltrans
Guide
Outline of Field Construction January 2009 W
294 Caltrans
Practices
Overhead and Roadside Sign January 2006 W
295 Caltrans
Structures Reference Sheets
June 2005 W
296 Caltrans Oversight Engineer Field Guidelines
W
297 Caltrans Pavement Program Website

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-22

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Pavement Tapers and Transitions December 31, 2008 W
298 Caltrans
Guide
W
299 Caltrans Pavement Technical Guidance
Pedestrian and Bicycle Facilities in July 2005 W
300 Caltrans
California
January 2008 W
301 Caltrans Plans Preparation Manual
Plans Preparation Manual Reference March 2006 W
302 Caltrans
EZ Guide
Policy on High and Low Risk
January 1997 W
303 Caltrans Underground Facilities Within
Highway Rights of Way
Various W
304 Caltrans Pre-Qualified Products List (Pending)
January 2005 W
305 Caltrans Prestress Manual
Project Development Procedure 7th Edition W
306 Caltrans
Manual
Project Development Workflow Tasks October 2004 W
307 Caltrans
Manual
Quality Control Manual for Hot Mix
June 2009 W
308 Caltrans Asphalt for the Quality Control
Quality Assurance Process
January 2000 W
309 Caltrans Ramp Meter Design Manual
Ready to List and Construction September 2008 W
310 Caltrans
Contract Award Guide (RTL Guide)
W
311 Caltrans Right of Way Manual
W
312 Caltrans Safety Manual
Sample Mitigation Monitoring W
313 Caltrans
Reporting Record (MMRR) form
Sample Permits, Agreements, and W
314 Caltrans
Mitigation (PAM) form [xls]
2006 W
315 Caltrans Seismic Design Criteria

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-23

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
September 30, 2006 W
316 Caltrans Shoulder Backing
5th Edition April
Signal, Lighting and Electrical W
317 Caltrans 2007
Systems Design Guide
Soil and Rock
June 2007 W
318 Caltrans Logging, Classification, and
Presentation Manual
Specifications for Changeable February 2003 W
319 Caltrans
Message Sign System
November 2010 W
320 Caltrans Standard Environmental Reference
2004 W
321 Caltrans Standard Highway Signs
2010 W
322 Caltrans Standard Plans 2010
January 20, 2012 W
323 Caltrans Standard Special Provisions
Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) February 17, 2012 W
324 Caltrans
Updates
2010 W
325 Caltrans Standard Specifications
Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution March 2007 W
326 Caltrans
Control Program (WPCP) Preparation
Manual
Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWPPP) and Water Pollution December 2003 W
327 Caltrans
Control Program (WPCP) Review
Guidance Manual
Storm Water Quality Handbook: May 2003 W
328 Caltrans
Maintenance Staff Guide
Storm Water Quality Handbook: May 2007 W
329 Caltrans
Project Planning and Design Guide
Stormwater Management Enforcement Various W
330 Caltrans
Guidance Manual Appendices
Stormwater Pollution Prevention
W
331 Caltrans Bulletins
Web Page Only

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-24

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Stormwater Pollution Prevention
W
332 Caltrans Related College Courses
Web Page Only
Stormwater Pollution Prevention W
333 Caltrans
Training Courses + a video
Stormwater Quality Preparation March 1, 2007 W
334 Caltrans
Manual Attachments SWPPP
Stormwater Quality Templates and 2007 W
335 Caltrans
Samples
Structural Design Electronic W
336 Caltrans
Procedures
June 2005 W
337 Caltrans Structural Detailing Standards
Structure Document Request October 14, 2003 W
338 Caltrans
Guidelines
Su Propiedad - Su Projecto de W
339 Caltrans
Transportacion
September 2006 W
340 Caltrans Surveys Manual
July 2006 W
341 Caltrans Tack Coat Guidelines
Technical Advisory Guide (TAG) for October 2003 W
342 Caltrans
Bonded Wearing Course Pilot Projects
Technical Advisory Guide for October 2003 W
343 Caltrans
Microsurfacing Pilot Projects
October 1998 W
344 Caltrans Technical Noise Supplement
W
345 Caltrans The Plant Setback and Spacing Guide
September 26, 2006 W
346 Caltrans Traffic Manual (Current)
Traffic Noise Analysis Protocol for
October 1998 W
347 Caltrans New Highway Construction and
Highway Reconstruction Projects
Traffic Noise Analysis Protocol for
New Highway Construction, August 14, 2006 W
348 Caltrans
Reconstruction and Retrofit Barrier
Projects

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-25

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Traffic Noise Attenuation as a June 1995 W
349 Caltrans
Function of Ground and Vegetation
Traffic Volumes on California State 2007 W
350 Caltrans
Highways
Transportation- and Construction- June 2004 W
351 Caltrans
Induced Vibration Guidance Manual
Transportation Electrical Equipment January 5, 2007 W
352 Caltrans
Specifications (TEES)
Transportation Management Plan May 1, 2004 W
353 Caltrans
Guidelines
November 1, 2006 W
354 Caltrans Transportation Permits Manual
January 1990 W
355 Caltrans Trenching and Shoring Manual
W
356 Caltrans Unified Soil Classification System
January 2005 W
357 Caltrans Water Pollution Control Pamphlets
Water Pollution Control Program 2007 W
358 Caltrans
(WPCP) Attachments
Water Pollution Control Program 2003 W
359 Caltrans
(WPCP) Attachments
Your Property - Your Transportation July 2008 W
360 Caltrans
Project
Your Rights and Benefits as a
Displaced Business, Farm or
W
361 Caltrans Nonprofit Organization Under the
Uniform Relocation Assistance
Program
Your Rights and Benefits as a
Displacee Under the Uniform W
362 Caltrans
Relocation Assistance Program
(Mobile Home)
Your Rights and Benefits as a
Displacee Under the Uniform 2007 W
363 Caltrans
Relocation Assistance Program
Residential

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-26

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
PUC General Orders, Codes, Laws,
Various W
364 CPUC Policies, Rules of Practice &
Procedure
Electronics Industries Alliance (EIA) Various IS
365 EIA
Standards
EIA/TIA June 1, 2001 IS
366 455-171A-FOTP-171
Collaboration
EIA/TIA Fiber Optic Test Procedure (FOTP) Various IS
367
Collaboration Standards
Federal
Various IS
368 Geographic Data FGDC Geospatial Standards
Committee
Advance Course on Soil Slope
Stability: Volume I, Slope Stability April 1994 IS
369 FHWA
Manual
FHWA-SA-94-005
Advance Course on Soil Slope
Stability: Volume II, Slope Stability April 1994 IS
370 FHWA
Manual
FHWA-SA-94-006
An Analysis of Factors Contributing
to "Walking Along Roadway"
Crashes; Research Study and February 2002 W
371 FHWA
Guidelines for Sidewalks and
Walkways
FHWA RD-01-101
BIKESAFE Bicycle Safety Guide May 2006 W
372 FHWA
FHWA-SA-05-006
CBEAR - Bearing Capacity Analysis
June 1982 W
373 FHWA of Shallow Foundations Users Manual
FHWA-SA-94-034
Checklist and Guidelines for Review
of Geotechnical Reports and February 2003 W
374 FHWA
Preliminary Plans and Specifications
FHWA-ED-88-053
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 23
2005 W
375 FHWA (Highways), Chapter 1, Part 752
Landscape and Roadside Development

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-27

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Com624P Laterally Loaded Pile
Analysis Program for the August 1993 W
376 FHWA
Microcomputer Version 2.0
FHWA-SA-91-048
Corrosion/Degradation of Soil
Reinforcements for Mechanically
September 2000 W
377 FHWA Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced
Soil Slopes
FHWA-NHI-00-044
Culvert Inspection Manual July 1986
378 FHWA
FHWA-IP-86-2
Design and Construction of Driven
November 1998 W
379 FHWA Pile Foundations, Volume I
FHWA-HI-97-013
Design and Construction of Driven
November 1988 W
380 FHWA Pile Foundations, Volumes II
FHWA-HI-97-014
Design Guidance Accommodating
W
381 FHWA Bicycle and Pedestrian Travel: A
Recommended Approach
Design Manual for Permanent Ground
September 1998
382 FHWA Anchor Walls
FHWA-RD-97-130
Design of Urban Highway Drainage August 1979 W
383 FHWA
FHWA-TS-79-225
Determination of Pile Driveability and
Capacity from Penetration Tests May 1997 IS
384 FHWA
Volume I
FHWA-RD-96-179
Determination of Pile Driveability and
Capacity from Penetration Tests May 1997 IS
385 FHWA
Volume II
FHWA-RD-96-180
Determination of Pile Driveability and
Capacity from Penetration Tests May 1997 IS
386 FHWA
Volume III
FHWA-RD-96-181
Drilled and Grouted Micropiles: State
July 1997 IS
387 FHWA of Practice Review Volume I
FHWA-RD-96-016

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-28

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Drilled and Grouted Micropiles: State
July 1997 IS
388 FHWA of Practice Review Volume II
FHWA-RD-96-017
Drilled and Grouted Micropiles: State
July 1997 IS
389 FHWA of Practice Review Volume III
FHWA-RD-96-018
Drilled and Grouted Micropiles: State
July 1997 IS
390 FHWA of Practice Review Volume IV
FHWA-RD-96-019
Drilled Shafts: Construction
August 1999 W
391 FHWA Procedures and Design Methods
FHWA-IF-99-025
Drilled Shafts: Construction
Procedures and LRFD Design May 2010 W
392 FHWA
Methods
FHWA-NHI-10-016
Durability Analysis of Aluminized
December 1996 W
393 FHWA Type 2 Corrugated Metal Pipe
FHWA-RD-97-140
EMBANK- A Microcomputer
Program to Determine One-
May 1993 IS
394 FHWA Dimensional Compression Due to
Embankment Loads
FHWA-SA-92-045
Extrapolation of Pile Capacity From
December 1999 W
395 FHWA Non-Failed Load Tests
FHWA-RD-99-170
Flexibility in Highway Design W
396 FHWA
FHWA-PD-97-062
Geocomposite Drains, Volume 1 October 1986 IS
397 FHWA
FHWA-RD-86-171
Geocomposite Drains, Volume 2 October 1986 IS
398 FHWA
FHWA-RD-86-172
Geosynthetic Design and Construction
April 1998 W
399 FHWA Guidelines
FHWA-HI-95-038
Geosynthetic Mechanically Stabilized
June 1989 IS
400 FHWA Earth Slopes on Firm Foundations
FHWA-SA-93-025

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-29

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
1995 W
401 FHWA No. 1 - Dynamic Compaction
FHWA-SA-95-037
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
February 1997 IS
402 FHWA No. 2 - Earth Retaining Systems
FHWA-SA-95-037
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
No. 3 - Earthquake Engineering for
May 1997 W
403 FHWA Highways, Design Examples, Volume
2 (ISDDC)
FHWA-SA-97-077
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
No. 3 - Earthquake Engineering for
May 1997 W
404 FHWA Highways, Design Principles, Volume
1 (ISDDC)
FHWA-SA-97-076
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
No. 5 Evaluation of Soil and Rock April 2002 W
405 FHWA
Properties
FHWA-IF-02-034
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
September 2002 W
406 FHWA No. 6 - Shallow Foundations
FHWA-IF-02-054
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
March 2003 W
407 FHWA No. 7 - Soil Nail Walls
FHWA-IF-03-017
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
2007 W
408 FHWA No. 8 - Design and Construction of
Continuous Flight Auger Piles
Geotechnical Engineering Circular
Number 4, Ground Anchors and June 1999 W
409 FHWA
Anchored Systems
FHWA-IF-99-015
Geotechnical Engineering 2nd Edition 2005 IS
410 FHWA
Investigation Handbook
Geotechnical Instrumentation October 1998 IS
411 FHWA
FHWA-HI-98034
Geotechnical Publications December 2000 W
412 FHWA
FHWA-RD-00-167

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-30

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
GT-1 Guidelines for the Design of
February 2008 IS
413 FHWA Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls
with Inextensible Reinforcements
GT-15 - Geotechnical Differing Site
May 2, 1996 W
414 FHWA Conditions
FHWA-1996
GT-16 Determination of Unknown
Subsurface Bridge Foundations,
December 1996 IS
415 FHWA NCHRP 21-5 Interim Report
Summary
FHWA-1998
Guide for Selecting Manning's
Roughness Coefficients for Natural April 1984 W
416 FHWA
Channels and Flood Plains
FHWA-TS-84-204
Guidelines for Cone Penetration Test -
July 1977 IS
417 FHWA Performance and Design
FHWA-TS-78-209
Handbook on Design and Construction
1984 IS
418 FHWA of Drilled Shafts under Lateral Load
FHWA-IP-84-11
High-Performance Concrete (HPC) April 6, 2011 W
419 FHWA
Defined for Highway Structures
Highway Traffic Noise Analysis and June 1995 W
420 FHWA
Abatement, Policy and Guidelines
Highway Utility Guide June 1993 W
421 FHWA
FHWA-SA-93-049
Hollow Core Soil Nails State of the April 2006 W
422 FHWA
Practice
How to Develop a Pedestrian Safety
May 2008 W
423 FHWA Action Plan
FHWA-SA-05-12
Hydraulic Design Series No. 5 (HEC-
5), Hydraulic Design of Highway May 2005 W
424 FHWA
Culverts
FHWA-NHI-01-020
Hydraulic Design Series No. 9 (HEC-
9), Debris Control Structures October 2005 W
425 FHWA
Evaluation and Countermeasures
FHWA-IF-04-016

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-31

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Hydraulic Design Series Number 1,
March 1978 W
426 FHWA Hydraulics of Bridge Waterways
FHWA-EPD-86-101
Hydraulic Design Series Number 3,
August 1961 W
427 FHWA Design Charts for Open-Channel Flow
FHWA-EPD-86-102
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 11 (HEC-11), Design of March 1989 W
428 FHWA
Riprap Revetment
FHWA-IP-89-016
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 13 (HEC-13), Hydraulic August 1972 W
429 FHWA
Design of Improved Inlets for Culverts
FHWA-EFD-86-109
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 14 (HEC-14), Hydraulic
July 2006 W
430 FHWA Design of Energy Dissipaters for
Culverts and Channels
FHWA-NHI-06-086
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 15 (HEC-15), Design of
September 2005 W
431 FHWA Roadside Channels with Flexible
Linings
FHWA-NHI-05-114
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 17 (HEC-17), The Design of
April 1981 W
432 FHWA Encroachments on Flood Plains Using
Risk Analysis
FHWA-EPD-86-112
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 18 (HEC-18), Evaluating May 2001 W
433 FHWA
Scour at Bridges
FHWA-NHI-01-001
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 2 (HEC-2), Highway October 2002 W
434 FHWA
Hydrology
FHWA-NHI-02-001

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-32

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 21 (HEC-21), Design of May 1993 W
435 FHWA
Bridge Deck Drainage Systems
FHWA-SA-92-010
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 22 (HEC-22), Urban August 2001 W
436 FHWA
Drainage Design Manual
FHWA-NHI-01-021
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 23 (HEC-23), Bridge Scour
July 1997 W
437 FHWA and Stream Instability
Countermeasures-Experience,
Selection and Design
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 24 (HEC-24), Highway February 2001 W
438 FHWA
Stormwater Pump Station Design
FHWA-NHI-01-007
Hydraulic Engineering Circular
Number 4 (HEC-4), Introduction to August 2001 W
439 FHWA
Highway Hydraulics
FHWA-NHI-01-019
Hydraulics of Iowa DOT Slope-
June 2001 W
440 FHWA Tapered Pipe Culverts
FHWA-RD-01-077
Lateral Support Systems and
April 1976 W
441 FHWA Underpinning, Volume 1
FHWA-RD-75-128
Lateral Support Systems and
April 1976 W
442 FHWA Underpinning, Volume 2
FHWA-RD-75-129
Lateral Support Systems and
April 1976 W
443 FHWA Underpinning, Volume 3
FHWA-RD-75-130
Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) for Highway Bridge 1998 W
444 FHWA
Substructures
FHWA-HI-98-032
Load Transfer for Drilled Shafts in
November 1996 W
445 FHWA Intermediate Geomaterials
FHWA_RD-95-038

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-33

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Manual for Design & Construction
Monitoring of Soil Nail Walls - October 1998 W
446 FHWA
CADD Files
FHWA-SA-96-069R
Manual for Design & Construction
Monitoring of Soil Nail Walls October 1998 W
447 FHWA
Appendices
FHWA-SA-96-069R
Manual for Design & Construction
October 1998 W
448 FHWA Monitoring of Soil Nail Walls
FHWA-SA-96-069R
Manual on Design and Construction of
April 1996 IS
449 FHWA Driven Pile Foundations
FHWA/DP-66-1
Manual on Design and Construction of
November 1998 W
450 FHWA Driven Pile Foundations
FHWA-HI-97-013
Manual on Design and Construction of
November 1998 W
451 FHWA Driven Pile Foundations
FHWA-HI-97-014
Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls
and Reinforced Soil Slopes Design March 2001 W
452 FHWA
and Construction Guidelines
FHWA-NHI-00-043
August 2000 W
453 FHWA Pedestrian Facilities Users Guide
PEDSAFE Pedestrian Safety Guide September 2004 W
454 FHWA
FHWA-SA-04-003
Permanent Ground Anchors, Volume
April 1990 W
455 FHWA 1, Final Report
FHWA-DP-90-068
Permanent Ground Anchors, Volume
2, Field Demonstration Project April 1990 W
456 FHWA
Summaries
FHWA-DP-90-068
Prefabricated Vertical Drains Volume
August 1986 W
457 FHWA I, Engineering Guidelines
FHWA-RD-86-168

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-34

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Prefabricated Vertical Drains Volume
August 1986 IS
458 FHWA II, Engineering Guidelines
FHWA-RD-86-169
Prefabricated Vertical Drains Volume
August 1986 IS
459 FHWA III, Engineering Guidelines
FHWA-RD-86-170
Pressuremeter Test for Highway
July 1989 IS
460 FHWA Applications
FHWA-IP-89-008
Reinforced Soil Structures, Volume I:
November 1990 IS
461 FHWA Design and Construction Guidelines
FHWA-RD-89-043
Reinforced Soil Structures, Volume II-
Summary of Research and Systems November 1989 IS
462 FHWA
Information
FHWA-RD-89-044
RSS Reinforced Slope Stability A
Microcomputer Program Users January 1997 IS
463 FHWA
Manual
FHWA-SA-96-039
Soil Nailing Field Inspectors Manual April 1994 W
464 FHWA
FHWA-SA-93-068
Soils and Foundations Workshop 3rd Edition
W
465 FHWA Manual Volume I December 2006
FHWA-NHI-06-088
Soils and Foundations Workshop 3rd Edition
W
466 FHWA Manual Volume II December 2006
FHWA-NHI-06-089
South Dakota Culvert Inlet Design
February 1996 W
467 FHWA Coefficients
FHWA-RD-01-076
Spread Footings for Highway Bridges October 1987 IS
468 FHWA
FHWA-RD-86-185
Static Testing of Deep Foundations February 1992 W
469 FHWA
FHWA-SA-91-042
Subsurface Investigations
Geotechnical Site Characterization; May 2002 W
470 FHWA
Reference Manual
FHWA-NHI-01-031

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-35

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Subsurface Investigations November 1997 W
471 FHWA
FHWA-HI-97-021
May 24, 2007 W
472 FHWA Subsurface Utility Engineering
Summary Report of Research on
Permanent Ground Anchor Walls; September 1998 W
473 FHWA
Volume I
FHWA-RD-98-065
Summary Report of Research on
Permanent Ground Anchor Walls; September 1998 IS
474 FHWA
Volume II
FHWA-RD-98-066
Summary Report of Research on
Permanent Ground Anchor Walls; September 1998 W
475 FHWA
Volume III
FHWA-RD-98-067
Summary Report of Research on
Permanent Ground Anchor Walls; September 1998 W
476 FHWA
Volume IV
FHWA-RD-98-068
The Cone Penetration Test 2007 W
477 FHWA
FHWA-SA-91-043
The Osterberg CELL for Load Testing
February 1995 IS
478 FHWA Drilled Shafts and Driven Piles
FHWA-SA-94-035
Tiebacks July 1982 W
479 FHWA
FHWA-RD-82-047
Utility Relocation and
6th Edition January
Accommodation on Federal-Aid W
480 FHWA 2003
Highway
FHWA-IF-03-014
Illuminating
Engineering July 1, 2000 IS
481 Roadway Lighting, ANSI Approved
Society of North
America
Institute of Context Sensitive Solutions in
Transportation Designing Major Urban January 2005 IS
482
Engineering Thoroughfares for Walkable
(ITE) Communities

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-36

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Institute of
Transportation Enhancing Intersection Safety December 2008 IS
483
Engineering Through Roundabouts
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation Freeway and Interchange Geometric January 2005 IS
484
Engineering Design Handbook
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 3rd Edition IS
485 Parking Generation
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 6th Edition 2009 IS
486 Traffic Engineering Handbook
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 5th Edition IS
487 Traffic Engineering Handbook
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation Transportation Impact Analyses for January 2006 IS
488
Engineering Site Development
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 3rd Edition IS
489 Transportation Planning Handbook
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 8th Edition IS
490 Trip Generation
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
Transportation 7th Edition IS
491 Trip Generation
Engineering
(ITE)
Institute of
2nd Edition &
Transportation Trip Generation and Trip Generation IS
492 7th Edition
Engineering Handbook
(ITE)

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-37

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Institute of
Transportation Urban Street Geometric Design December 2008 IS
493
Engineering Handbook
(ITE)
International
2009 IS
494 Code Council International Building Code
(ICC)
2007
IMSA Catalog on Cables
International
Municipal W
495
Signal
IMSA Specification No. 50-2 on Loop
Association February 1, 2001
Detector Lead-In Cable
International
Society of 9th Edition 2000 IS
496 Guide for Plant Appraisal
Arboriculture
(ISA)
October 16, 2005 IS
497 ISO ISO 9000
2000 IS
498 ISOA Guide for Plant Appraisal Workbook
Military September 10, 1993 IS
499 MIL-A-8625FC
Specifications
National Fire
2008 IS
500 Protection National Electric Code Standards
Agency (NFPA)
National Spatial Geospatial Positioning Accuracy
Data Standards, Part 3: National Standards 1998 W
501
Infrastructure for Spatial Data Accuracy, FGDC-
(NSDI) STD-007.3-1998
Report 350, Recommended
1993 W
502 NCHRP Procedures for the Safety Performance
Evaluation of Highway Features
Synthesis 360, Rock-Socketed Shafts September 1, 2006 W
503 NCHRP
for Highway Structure Foundations
Synthesis 368, Cone Penetration W
504 NCHRP
Testing

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-38

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
Web Document 16 - Improved Surface
Drainage of Pavements Final Report
(Project I-29)
June 1998 IS
505 NCHRP
Proposed Design Guidelines for
Reducing Hydroplaning on New and
Rehabilitated Pavements - TRB
National Electrical Manufacturers Various IS
506 NEMA
Association (NEMA) Standards
NEMA Joint
Publication /
Insulated Cable December 20, 2004 IS
507 NEMA WC57-2004
Engineers
Association
(ICEA)
June 8, 2009

NEMA Joint ANSI/NEMA WC70-2009

Publication/
Insulated Cable January 1, 1999
IS
508 Engineers ANSI/NEMA WC 71-1999
Association
(ICEA) January 1, 2006
NEMA WC 74-2006

IS
509 Statue California State Statutes XXXX
QP2 Standard Procedure for
The Society for
Evaluating the Qualifications of Various IS
510 Protective
Painting Contractors to Remove
Coatings
Hazardous Paint
February 1, 2000 IS
511 TIA 455-59-FOTP-59
November 1, 2009 IS
512 TIA 492AAAA
August 1, 1998 IS
513 TIA 526-14-A-OFSTP-14

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-39

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Availability Legend
E = Document to be given to Contractor in electronic format
IS = Industry Standard Contractors responsibility to acquire
W = Web download on the organizations website Contractors responsibility to acquire

Avail-
Publication Year /
ability
If
Ref # Organization Standard Last Updated Appli-
(E / IS
(Revision) cable
/ W)
2000 IS
514 TRB Highway Capacity Manual
Users Manual for Program PEAKFQ,
U.S. Geological January 30, 1998 W
515 Annual Flood Frequency Analysis
Survey
Using Bulletin 17B Guidelines
Methods Used in Tieback Wall Design
US Army Corps and Construction to Prevent Local
December 2002 W
516 of Engineers Anchor Failure, Progressive
(COE) Anchorage Failure, and Ground Mass
Stability Failure
US Army Corps
January 1987 W
517 of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual
(COE)
Various IS
518 US DOT National ITS Architecture
US General
December 15, 1989 W
519 Services Federal Color Standard, 595, Rev B
Administration
RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 (Part A)

February 17, 2009 W

520 USDA RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 (Part B)

RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 (Part C)

RUS Splicing Standard PC-2, Section February 27, 1995 W
521 USDA
3.3
Generalized Skew Coefficients for
June 8, 2007 IS
522 USGS Flood-Frequency Analysis in
California

Index of Standards, Manuals, Guidelines and References 1-40

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2 MODIFICATIONS TO DEPARTMENT (CALTRANS)

MANUALS

The following notes apply to the Caltrans Manuals used on this Project:
1. The Department (Caltrans) Manuals were created as an internal guidance document for use by
various Department (Caltrans) personnel. As such, the Manuals are written as a guidance
documents and not as mandatory requirements. For purposes of design-build projects, the Design-
Builder shall assume that all provisions of the Manual, including the figures and tables, are
mandatory and guidelines shall be assumed to be requirements. All words such as should,
may, must, might, could, and can shall mean shall unless the context requires
otherwise, as determined in the sole discretion of Department. The Design-Builder shall disregard
qualifying words such as usually, normally, and generally. It shall be in Departments sole
discretion to determine when the context does not require a provision to be mandatory.
2. Department (Caltrans) Manuals are standard documents for use by Department (Caltrans)
personnel. For purposes of design-build projects, the Design-Builder shall assume that all of the
provisions of the Standards are requirements.
3. Individual manuals are available in electronic format. All the Department (Caltrans) manuals can
be accessed at the following Web Site: http://caltrans-opac.ca.gov/publicat.htm
4. If the department (Caltrans) Manual expires during the course of the Project the Design-Builder
shall contact Department to determine if they should continue to use the manual or if it will be
replaced.
5. Any references related to pay items or quantities, measurement for payment, method of
measurement, basis of payment, extra work, adjustment of unit prices, or similar phrases shall be
disregarded by the Design-Builder , since the Contract Price is full compensation for the Work.
6. No changes have been made to provisions in the Manual that do not apply to design-build
contracts, but that provide general information (e.g., descriptions of Department (Caltrans)
divisions and their duties, descriptions of legal authority, or descriptions of internal Department
(Caltrans) procedures); however, in some cases it may not be clear whether rights or
responsibilities are applicable to the Design-Builder. If it is unclear whether specific provisions in
the Manual are applicable to the Design-Builder, the Design-Builder shall raise the issue with
Department and Department shall make that determination in its sole discretion.
7. The Design-Builder shall disregard the paragraphs within the manuals relating to questions. All
questions shall be taken to the Departments Contract Manager.
8. All references to the Engineer shall mean the Design-Builder unless otherwise directed by
Department.
9. All references to the Agency shall mean Department (Caltrans), unless noted otherwise.
10. All references to Caltrans shall mean the Design-Builder, unless otherwise noted.
11. All references to Caltrans offices and personnel shall mean the Design-Builders similar offices
and personnel.
12. When the Manual refers to an action being necessary or needed, the Design-Builder shall
construe the action as required unless the context requires otherwise, as determined in the sole
discretion of Department.

Modifications To Department (Caltrans) Manuals 2-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

13. In addition, phrases relating to items such as activity[ies] that will be conducted, that are most
easily accomplished by, that are recommended, that is usually necessary, that should
preferably be done, that might require, that is necessary or as necessary, that are (or
is) required or done shall be construed to be mandatory requirements unless the context
requires otherwise, as determined in the sole discretion of Department. Phrases relating to
problems with activity[ies] that should not be conducted, such as is not normally used, is not
good practice, should never be done, cannot be used, or should be avoided shall be
construed as prohibited. It shall be in Departments sole discretion to determine when the context
either requires or does not require a provision to be mandatory.
14. Where the notes refer to items that are indicated in the plans or special provisions or required in
the plans or special provisions, the plans or special provisions shall mean the Design-Builders
plans or special provisions.
15. Where the notes refer to the Engineer, they shall mean the Design-Builder unless otherwise
specified below.
16. When the Manual refers to other manuals, the version of these manuals applicable to this design-
build project is the version current at the time of the date of this Invitation. For Bid (IFB) unless
modified by Addendum or Change Order.
17. References to approved products or materials shall mean Approved by Caltrans.
18. References to payment, pay items and quantities are hereby deleted.
19. All references to the Inspector, the Field Inspector, the Project Engineer, the Engineer, the
Materials Engineer, the District Materials Engineer, the Survey Crew, the Project Supervisor, the
Agency Certified Technician, the Certified Plant Technician, and the Representative of the Office
of Materials shall mean the Design-Builder, unless noted otherwise.
20. All references to the Department (Caltrans) facilities, including the Office of Materials
Laboratory, Central Laboratory, Cement Laboratory, Concrete & Metals Laboratory, Aggregate
Laboratory, Chemical Laboratory, Mix Design Laboratory, District Laboratory, and the
Laboratory shall mean the Design-Builders similar Laboratory facilities, unless noted otherwise.
21. The Design-Builder shall use forms as required to report the same information and in the same
format as the Caltrans forms shown in the Manuals.
22. The Design-Builder shall complete all laboratory testing at a Department certified and approved
facility with current AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) certification.

Modifications To Department (Caltrans) Manuals 2-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

3 MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL MEMORANDA

(NOT USED)

Modifications To Technical Memoranda 3-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

4 DESIGN-BUILD MODIFICATIONS TO THE CALTRANS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2010 EDITION
General
These Contract Provisions are a revised version of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition and
contain requirements generally applicable to the Work to be performed by Design-Builder. In certain
cases provisions in the Standard Specifications have been superseded by other provisions of the Contract
Documents. For ease of reference, this document uses the same section numbers as the Standard
Specifications and identifies provisions of the Contract Documents that have replaced or modified the
standard clauses. If there are conflicts between the General Modifications and the Specific
Modifications below, the Specific Modifications have precedence over the General Modifications. If the
Design-Builder believes that a modification is unclear, the Design-Builder shall have the obligation to
raise the issue with Department. Regardless of whether the Design-Builder raises the issue, Department
shall always have the right to notify the Design-Builder if the Design-Builder is interpreting the
modification incorrectly. Any references to other standards, codes, or criteria, or to the latest version of
other standards, codes, or criteria in the Project Requirements of the Contract Documents shall mean the
latest version as of the Request for Proposals (RFP) issue date. Those standard specifications that are left
blank are not modified in this Modification document, but they may be modified by Special Provisions or
other Contract Documents. All Sections are incorporated herein, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents, and with the following general and specific exceptions:
General Exceptions:
1. When these Specifications refer to Measurement for Payment, Method of Measurement, or
Payment Quantities, such language shall be disregarded. It is not the intent of the Design-Build
Contract that the various components of the Work will be measured for payment. Final payment will
be at the Contract Price for the completed Project irrespective of the quantities of the various
components incorporated in the Work.
2. When these Specifications refer to basis of payment, unit prices, or adjustments of unit prices,
such references and language shall be disregarded, except unit prices as identified in the Project
Requirements, applicable to disincentives for Nonconforming Work or incentives for surface ride
quality shall be either the specific dollar amount set forth in the standard specifications or a unit price
proposed by the Design-Builder and Approved by Department.
3. When these Specifications refer to extra work, compensation for, at the Departments expense,
quantity adjustments, equivalent quantities, or similar phrases, such references shall be
disregarded. It is intended that the payment of the Contract Price will be full compensation for all
Work performed pursuant to the Design-Build Contract unless specific provisions for additional
payments are contained in the Contract Documents. An exception to this general exclusion will be the
provisions of Sections 10 thru 99, as modified by the Special Provisions, relating to incentives for
surface ride quality and disincentives for Nonconforming Work.
4. When these specifications refer to the term Special Provision, such term shall mean Contract
Documents.
5. When these specifications refer to the term incidental such term shall mean that the costs shall be
included in the Design-Builders Price Proposal.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

A. Section 1 through 9 - General Provisions Specific Modifications

Section 1 General
1-1.01 GENERAL
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.02 STYLE VARIATIONS
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.031-1.04 RESERVED
1-1.05 REFERENCES
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding References in this section are set forth in
Book 1, Section 1 Contract Components; Interpretation of Contract Documents of the Contract
Documents.
1-1.06 ABBREVIATIONS
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.07 DEFINITIONS
1-1.07A General
Interpret terms as defined in the Contract documents. References to Bid Item List shall mean Price
Proposal.
1-1.07B Glossary
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.08 DISTRICTS
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.09 FREEZE-THAW AREAS
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.10 RESERVED
1-1.11 WEB SITES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
This section is applicable to this project.
1-1.12 MISCELLANY
Make checks and bonds payable to the Department of Transportation.
1-1.131-1.15 RESERVED

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 2 Bidding
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Bidding are set forth in the
Instructions to Proposers (ITP) of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 3 Contract Award and Execution

This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contract Award and Execution are set forth
in the Instruction to Proposers of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 4 Scope of Work

4-1.01 GENERAL
Section 4 includes specifications related to the scope of work.
4-1.02 INTENT
The Contract intent is to provide for work completion using the best general practices.
Nothing in the specifications voids the Contractor's public safety responsibilities.
4-1.03 WORK DESCRIPTION
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Work Description in this section are set forth
in the Contract Documents.
4-1.04 USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON THE JOB SITE
This section is deleted in its entirety. Any materials required to be removed from the Project shall become
the property of the Design-Builder and shall be disposed of at an appropriate off-site disposal facility
provided by the Design-Builder unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
4-1.05 CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK
4-1.05A General
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth in Book
1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
4-1.05B Work-Character Changes
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Work-Character Changes in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.

4-1.06 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS (23 CFR 635.109)

4-1.06A General
Reserved
4-1.06B Contractor's Notification
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contractors Notification in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
4-1.06C Engineer's Investigation and Decision
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Engineers Investigation and Decision in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
4-1.07 VALUE ENGINEERING
4-1.07A General
Reserved
4-1.07B Value Engineering Change Proposal
This section is deleted in its entirety.
4-1.07C Value Analysis Workshop
This section is deleted in its entirety.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

4-1.084-1.12 RESERVED
4-1.13 CLEANUP
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Cleanup in this section are set forth in Book
1, Section 20 Acceptance of Project of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 5 Control of Work

5-1.01 GENERAL
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.02 CONTRACT COMPONENTS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contract Components in this section
are set forth in the Book 1, Section 1 Contract Components; Interpretation of Contract Documents.
5-1.03 ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Engineers Authority in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 5 Control of Work of the Contract Documents. Department has the
authority by written order to suspend the Work wholly or in part for the reasons delineated in Book 1,
Section 15 Termination for Convenience of the Contract Documents. Failure to enforce a contract
provision does not waive enforcement of any contract provision.
5-1.045-1.05 RESERVED
5-1.06 PROTESTS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Protests in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
5-1.075-1.08 RESERVED
5-1.09 PARTNERING
5-1.09A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth in Book 1,
Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.

5-1.09B Partnering Facilitator, Workshops, and Monthly Evaluation Surveys

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Partnering Facilitator, Workshops,
and Monthly Evaluation Surveys in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute
Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.09C Training in Partnering Skills Development
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Training in Partnering Skills
Development in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the
Contract Documents.
5-1.09D Payment
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.105-1.11 RESERVED
5-1.12 ASSIGNMENT
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Assignment in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 23 Miscellaneous Provisions of the Contract Documents.
5-1.13 SUBCONTRACTING
5-1.13A General
This section is applicable to this project.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.13B Disadvantaged Business Enterprises

5-1.13B(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 7 Equal Employment opportunity; Subcontracts; Labor of the Contract Documents.
5-1.13B(2) Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Underutilized Disadvantaged
Business Enterprises in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 7 Equal Employment opportunity;
Subcontracts; Labor of the Contract Documents.
5-1.13C Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.13D NonSmall Businesses
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.13E5-1.13I Reserved
5-1.145-1.15 RESERVED
5-1.16 REPRESENTATIVE
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Representative in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 23 Miscellaneous Provisions of the Contract Documents.
5-1.17 CHARACTER OF WORKERS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Character of Workers in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 7 Equal Employment opportunity; Subcontracts; Labor of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.185.19 RESERVED
5-1.20 COORDINATION WITH OTHER ENTITIES
5-1.20A General
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.20B Permits, Licenses, Agreements, and Certifications
5-1.20B(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.20B(2) Before Award
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.20B(3) After Award
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.20B(4) ContractorProperty Owner Agreement
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.20C Railroad Relations
Reserved

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.20D5-1.20F Reserved
5-1.215-1.22 RESERVED
5-1.23 SUBMITTALS
5-1.23A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of the Contract Documents.
5-1.23B Action Submittals
5-1.23B(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of the Contract Documents.
5-1.23B(2) Shop Drawings
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Shop Drawings in this section are set
forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management and Section 13 Structures of the Contract Documents.
5-1.23B(3) Product Data
Reserved
5-1.23B(4) Samples
Reserved
5-1.23B(5) Test Samples
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.23B(6) Quality Control Plans
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Quality Control Plans in this section
are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of the Contract Documents.
5-1.23B(7) Work Plans
Reserved
5-1.23C Informational Submittals
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.245-1.25 RESERVED
5-1.26 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Construction Surveys in this section
are set forth in Book 2, Section 9 Land Surveying of the Contract Documents.
5-1.27 RECORDS
5-1.27A General
Reserved
5-1.27B Record Retention
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Record Retention in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 22 Documents and Records of the Contract Documents.
5-1.27C Record Inspection, Copying, and Auditing
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Record Inspection, Copying, and
Auditing in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 22 Documents and Records of the Contract
Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.27D Cost Accounting Records

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Cost Accounting Records in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 22 Documents and Records of the Contract Documents.
5-1.27E Change Order Bills
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Change Order Bills in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
5-1.285-1.29 RESERVED
5-1.30 NONCOMPLIANT AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Noncompliant and Unauthorized
Work in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 5 Control of Work of the Contract Documents.
5-1.31 JOB SITE APPEARANCE
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.32 AREAS FOR USE
This section is applicable to this project. References to Section 7-1.05 shall mean Book 1, Section 18
Indemnification of the Contract Documents.
5-1.33 EQUIPMENT
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.345-1.35 RESERVED
5-1.36 PROPERTY AND FACILITY PRESERVATION
5-1.36A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 10 Risk of Loss of the Contract Documents.
5-1.36B Landscape
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.36C Railroad Property
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Railroad Property in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 2 Obligations of Design-Builder of the Contract Documents.
5-1.36D Nonhighway Facilities
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.37 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION
5-1.37A General
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.37B Load Limits
5-1.37B(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.5-1.37B(2) Increased Load Carrying Capacity
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.37B(3) Material Hauling Equipment Lane on Bridges
This section is applicable to this project.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.38 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION RELIEF

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Maintenance and Protection Relief in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 10 Risk of Loss of the Contract Documents.
5-1.39 DAMAGE REPAIR AND RESTORATION
5-1.39A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 10 Risk of Loss of the Contract Documents.
5-1.39B Damage Caused by an Act of God
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Damage Caused by an Act of God in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
5-1.39C Landscape Damage
5-1.39C(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.39C(2) Plant Establishment Period of 3 Years or More
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.405-1.41 RESERVED
5-1.42 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION
This section is applicable to this project.
5-1.43 POTENTIAL CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
5-1.43A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work and Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of
the Contract Documents.
5-1.43B Initial Potential Claim Record
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Initial Potential Claim Record in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43C Supplemental Potential Claim Record
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Supplemental Potential Claim
Record in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.43D Full and Final Potential Claim Record
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Full and Final Potential Claim
Record in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.43E Alternative Dispute Resolution
5-1.43E(1) General
5-1.43E(1)(a) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.43E(1)(b) Establishment of Procedures

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Establishment of Procedures in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(1)(c) Dispute Meetings
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Dispute Meetings in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(1)(d) Informal Dispute Meetings
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Informational Dispute Meetings in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.43E(1)(e) Recommendations
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Recommendations in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(1)(f) Completion of Alternative Dispute Resolution
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Completion of Alternative Dispute
Resolution in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the
Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(1)(g) Payment
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(2) Dispute Resolution Advisor
5-1.43E(2)(a) General
This section is not applicable and hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.43E(2)(b) DRA Selection
This section is not applicable and hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.43E(2)(c) DRA Replacement
This section is not applicable and hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.43E(2)(d) DRA Traditional Dispute Meeting
This section is not applicable and hereby deleted in its entirety.
5-1.43E(3) Dispute Resolution Board
5-1.43E(3)(a) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(3)(b) DRB Member Selection
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding DRB Member Selection in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-12

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5-1.43E(3)(c) DRB Member Replacement

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding DRB Member Replacement in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(3)(d) DRB Progress Meetings
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding DRB Progress Meeting in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.
5-1.43E(3)(e) DRB Traditional Dispute Meeting
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding DRB Traditional Dispute Meeting in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.43F Reserved
5-1.445-1.45 RESERVED
5-1.46 FINAL INSPECTION AND CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Final Inspection and Contract
Acceptance in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 20 Acceptance of Project of the Contract
Documents.
5-1.475-1.50 RESERVED

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-13

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 6 Control of Material

6-1 GENERAL
6-1.01 GENERAL
Section 6 includes specifications related to control of materials.
6-2 MATERIAL SOURCE
6-2.01 GENERAL
This section is applicable to this project.
6-2.02 MATERIAL SOURCE
This section is applicable to this project.
6-2.03 DEPARTMENT-FURNISHED MATERIALS
This section is applicable to this project.
6-2.04 LOCAL MATERIALS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Local Materials in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 5 Control of Work of the Contract Documents.
6-2.05 BUY AMERICA
6-2.05A General
Reserved
6-2.05B Crumb Rubber (Pub Res Code 42703(D))
This section is applicable to this project.
6-2.05C Steel and Iron Materials (23 CFR 635.410)
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3 QUALITY
6-3.01 GENERAL
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.02 SPECIFIC BRAND OR TRADE NAME AND SUBSTITUTION
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
6-3.03 AUTHORIZED LABORATORY LISTS
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.04 QUALITY CONTROL
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
6-3.05A General
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05B Source Inspection Expense Deductions
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05C Material Source Inspection and Testing
This section is applicable to this project.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-14

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

6-3.05D Job Site Inspection and Testing

This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05E Certificates of Compliance
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05F Test Data, Test Reports, and Evaluation Reports
Reserved
6-3.05G Test Samples
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05H Reserved
6-3.05I Authorized Facility Audit Lists
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05J Quality Control Plans
Reserved
6-3.05K Authorized Material Lists
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.05L Authorized Material Source Lists
This section is applicable to this project.
6-3.06 GUARANTEE
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Guarantee in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 21 Warranties of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-15

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 7 Legal Relations and Responsibility to the Public

7-1.01 GENERAL
This Section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02 LAWS
7-1.02A General
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02B U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02C Emissions Reduction
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02D7-1.02H Reserved
7-1.02I Government Code
7-1.02I(1) General
Reserved
7-1.02I(2) Nondiscrimination
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02J Reserved
7-1.02K Labor Code
7-1.02K(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(2) Wages
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(3) Certified Payroll Records (Labor Code 1776)
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(4) Apprentices
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(5) Working Hours
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(6) Occupational Safety and Health Standards
7-1.02K(6)(a) General
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(6)(b) Excavation Safety
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(6)(c) Tunnel Safety
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(6)(d) Confined Space Safety
This section is applicable to this project.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-16

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

7-1.02K(6)(e)7-1.02K(6)(i) Reserved
7-1.02K(6)(j) Lead Safety
7-1.02K(6)(j)(i) General
Reserved
7-1.02K(6)(j)(ii) Lead Compliance Plan
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02K(6)(j)(iiiviii) Reserved
7-1.02K(6)(k)7-1.02K(6)(t) Reserved
7-1.02L Public Contract Code
7-1.02L(1) General
Reserved
7-1.02L(2) Antitrust Claims
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02M Public Resources Code
7-1.02M(1) General
Reserved
7-1.02M(2) Reserved
7-1.02M(3) Surface Mining and Reclamation Act
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02M(4)7-1.02M(7) Reserved
7-1.02N Reserved
7-1.02O Vehicle Code
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02P7-1.02Q Reserved
7-1.02R Environmental Stewardship
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.02S7-1.02Z Reserved
7-1.03 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
Provisions regarding Public Convenience are applicable to this project except when these Specifications
refer to extra work, compensation for, at the Departments expense, quantity adjustments,
equivalent quantities, or similar phrases, such references shall be disregarded. It is the intent that the
payment of the Contract Price will be full compensation for all Work performed pursuant to the Design-
Build Contract unless specific provisions for additional payments are contained in the Contract
Documents.
7-1.04 PUBLIC SAFETY
Provisions regarding Public Safety are applicable to this project, with the modifications noted below.
When these provisions refer to Section 5-1.02 Contract Components, this means Book 1, Section 1
Contract Components; Interpretation of Contract Documents.
Replace 20 days in the 14th paragraph of this section with: 25 days.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-17

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace 90 days in the 14th paragraph of this section with: 125 days.
Add between the 18th and 19th paragraph of this section:
Temporary facilities that could be a hazard to public safety if improperly designed must comply with
design requirements described in the Contract for those facilities or, if none are described, with standard
design criteria or codes appropriate for the facility involved. Submit shop drawings and design
calculations for the temporary facilities and show the standard design criteria or codes used. Shop
drawings and supplemental calculations must be sealed and signed by an engineer who is registered as a
civil engineer in the State.
7-1.05 INDEMNIFICATION
7-1.05A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 18 Indemnification of the Contract Documents.
7-1.05B Responsibility to Other Entities
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Responsibility to Other Entities in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 18 Indemnification of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06 INSURANCE
7-1.06A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06B Casualty Insurance
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Casualty Insurance in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06C Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Workers Compensation and
Employers Liability Insurance in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the
Contract Documents.
7-1.06D Liability Insurance
7-1.06D(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06D(2) Liability Limits/Additional Insureds
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Liability Limits/Additional Insureds
in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06D(3) Contractor's Insurance Policy is Primary
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contractors Insurance Policy is
Primary in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06E Automobile Liability Insurance
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Automobile Liability Insurance in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-18

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

7-1.06F Policy Forms, Endorsements, and Certificates

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Policy Forms, Endorsements, and
Certificates in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06G Deductibles
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Deductibles in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06H Enforcement
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Enforcement in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.06I Self-Insurance
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Self-Insurance in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 9 Insurance of the Contract Documents.
7-1.07 LEGAL ACTIONS AGAINST THE DEPARTMENT
7-1.07A General
This section is applicable to this project.
7-1.07B Seal Coat Claims
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
7-1.08 PERSONAL LIABILITY
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Personal Liability in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 23 Miscellaneous Provisions of the Contract Documents.
7-1.097-1.10 RESERVED
7-1.11 FEDERAL LAWS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
7-1.11A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Exhibit D Federal Laws for Federal-Aid Contracts of the Contract Documents.
7-1.11B FHWA-1273
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding FHWA-1273 in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Exhibit D Federal Laws for Federal-Aid Contracts of the Contract Documents.
7-1.11C Female and Minority Goals
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Female and Minority Goals in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Exhibit D Federal Laws for Federal-Aid Contracts of the Contract
Documents.
7-1.11D Training
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Training in this section are set forth
in Book 1, Exhibit D Federal Laws for Federal-Aid Contracts of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-19

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 8 Prosecution and Progress

8-1.01 GENERAL
Section 8 includes specifications related to prosecuting the Contract and work progress.
8-1.02 SCHEDULE
8-1.02A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02B Level 1 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02B(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02B(2) Schedule Format
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02B(3) Updated Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C Level 2 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02C(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(2) Schedule Format
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(3) Computer Software
8-1.02C(3)(a) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(3)(b) Computer Software Training
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(4) Data and Network Diagrams
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(5) Baseline Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(6) Updated Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02C(7) Final Updated Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.02D Level 3 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02D(1) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(2) Schedule Format
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Schedule Format in this section are
set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-20

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

8-1.02D(3) Computer Software

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Computer Software in this section
are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(4) Data, Network Diagrams, and Reports
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Data, Network Diagrams, and
Reports in this section are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(5) Preconstruction Scheduling Conference
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Preconstruction Scheduling
Conference in this section are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract
Documents.
8-1.02D(6) Baseline Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Baseline Schedule in this section are
set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(7) Updated Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Updated Schedule in this section are
set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(8) Time Impact Analysis
8-1.02D(8)(a) General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth
in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(8)(b) Department-Owned Float
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Department-Owned Float in this
section are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(8)(c) Ordered Changes
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Ordered Changes in this section are
set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(9) Final Updated Schedule
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Final Updated Schedule in this
section are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.02D(10) Payment
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment are set forth in Book 1,
Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
8-1.02E8-1.02F Reserved
8-1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
This section is deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Preconstruction Conference in this section
are set forth in Book 2, Section 2 Project Management of Contract Documents.
8-1.04 START OF JOB SITE ACTIVITIES
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Start of Job Site Activities in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 4 Time within which Project shall be Completed; Scheduling of
the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-21

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

8-1.04A General
Reserved
8-1.04B Standard Start
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
8-1.04C Delayed Start
Reserved
8-1.04D Early Return-Early Start
Reserved
8-1.04E Next-Day Start
Reserved
8-1.04F8-1.04J Reserved
8-1.05 TIME
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Time in this section are set forth in
Book 1, Section 4 Time within which Project shall be Completed; Scheduling of the Contract
Documents.
8-1.06 SUSPENSIONS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Suspensions in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 14 Suspension of Work of the Contract Documents.
8-1.07 DELAYS
8-1.07A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are set forth in
Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
8-1.07B Time Adjustments
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Time Adjustments in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
8-1.07C Payment Adjustments
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment Adjustments in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
8-1.088-1.09 RESERVED
8-1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Liquidated Damages in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 17 Damages of the Contract Documents.
8-1.118-1.12 RESERVED
8-1.13 CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL TERMINATION
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contractors Control Termination in
this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 15 Termination for Convenience of the Contract
Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-22

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

8-1.14 CONTRACT TERMINATION

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Contract Termination in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 15 Termination for Convenience and Section 16 Default of the
Contract Documents.
8-1.158-1.16 RESERVED

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-23

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Section 9 Payment
9-1.01 GENERAL
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.02 MEASUREMENT
9-1.02A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding General in this section are hereby
replaced with the following: The purpose of measurement of quantities is to identify Quality Control and
Verification testing frequency requirements as contained in the Materials Control Schedule and in
tracking production rates for monthly payments to the Design-Builder based on percentage complete. All
specifications within the Caltrans Standard Specifications containing sections describing Method of
Measurement and Basis of Payment shall have the sections describing Method of Measurement and Basis
of Payment deleted. The Design-Builder hereby acknowledges and agrees that the single lump sum
Contract Price constitutes full compensation for performance of all of the Work, subject only to those
exceptions specified in the Contract Documents.
9-1.02B Weighing Equipment and Procedures
9-1.02B(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.02B(2) Equipment
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.02B(3) Procedures
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.02C Final Pay Item Quantities
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.02D Quantities of Aggregate and Other Roadway Materials
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.03 PAYMENT SCOPE
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment Scope in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
9-1.04 FORCE ACCOUNT
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04A General
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04B Labor
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04C Materials
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04D Equipment Rental
9-1.04D(1) General
This section is applicable to this project.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-24

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

9-1.04D(2) Equipment On the Job Site

This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04D(3) Equipment Not On the Job Site Required for Original-Contract Work
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04D(4) Equipment Not On the Job Site Not Required for Original-Contract Work
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.04D(5) Non-Owner-Operated Dump Truck Rental
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.05 EXTRA WORK PERFORMED BY SPECIALISTS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Extra Work Performed by Specialists
are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
9-1.06 CHANGED QUANTITY PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Changed Quantity Payment
Adjustments in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract
Documents.
9-1.07 PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS FOR PRICE INDEX FLUCTUATIONS
9-1.07A General
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B Asphalt Quantities
9-1.07B(1) General
Reserved
9-1.07B(2) Hot Mix Asphalt
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(3) Rubberized Hot Mix Asphalt
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(4) Modified Asphalt Binder in Hot Mix Asphalt
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(5) Hot Mix Asphalt Containing Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(6) Tack Coat
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(7) Asphaltic Emulsion
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(8) Slurry Seal
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(9) Modified Asphalt Binder
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.
9-1.07B(10) Other Materials
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-25

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

9-1.07C Payment Adjustments

This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payment Adjustments in this section
are set forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
9-1.089-1.10 RESERVED
9-1.11 TIME-RELATED OVERHEAD
9-1.11A General
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.11B Audit Examinations and Reports
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.11C Payment
This section is applicable to this project.
9-1.129-1.14 RESERVED
9-1.15 WORK-CHARACTER CHANGES
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Work-Character Changes in this
section are set forth in Book 1, Section 13 Changes in the Work of the Contract Documents.
9-1.16 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Progress Payments in this section are
set forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment and Book 2, Section Project Management of the Contract
Documents.
9-1.16G9-1.16M Reserved
9-1.17 PAYMENT AFTER CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Payments after Contract Acceptance
in this section are set forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
9-1.189-1.20 RESERVED
9-1.21 CLERICAL ERRORS
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Clerical Errors in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 11 Payment of the Contract Documents.
9-1.22 ARBITRATION
This section is hereby deleted in its entirety. Provisions regarding Arbitration in this section are set
forth in Book 1, Section 19 Partnering, Dispute Resolution of the Contract Documents.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-26

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 Interchange Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

B. Sections 10 through 99
General Modifications
1. On technical issues The Engineer shall mean the Design-Builder.
2. On Administrative issues The Engineer shall mean Department.
If the Design-Builder believes that a definition of The Engineer is unclear, the Design-Builder shall
have the obligation to raise the issue with Department. Regardless of whether the Design-Builder raises
the issue, Department shall always have the right to notify the Design-Builder if the Design-Builder is
interpreting the definition of The Engineer incorrectly.

Specific Modifications
For any specific modifications on Section 10 through 99, please refer to the Exhibit 4-A, Revised
Standard Specifications Section 10 to Section 99.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-27

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

EXHIBIT 4-A
Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-28

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

10 GENERAL
01-20-12
Replace "Reserved" in section 10-1 with:
01-20-12
10-1.01 GENERAL
Reserved
10-1.02 WORK SEQUENCING
Before obliterating any traffic stripes, pavement markings, and pavement markers to be replaced at the
same location, reference the stripes, markings, and markers. Include limits and transitions with control
points to reestablish the new stripes, markings, and markers.
10-1.03 TIME CONSTRAINTS
Reserved
10-1.0410-1.10 RESERVED

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

12 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL

09-16-11
Replace section 12-7 with:
09-16-11
12-7 RESERVED

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

13 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

01-20-12
Add to section 13-1.01A:
01-20-12
Comply with the Department's general permit issued by the State Water Resources Control Board for
Order No. 99-06-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000003, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Permit, Statewide Storm Water Permit and Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for the
State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans). The Department's general permit governs
stormwater and nonstormwater discharges from the Department's properties, facilities, and activities. The
Department's general permit may be viewed at the Web site for the State Water Resources Control Board,
Storm Water Program, Caltrans General Permit.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-29

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Add to the list in the 1st paragraph of section 13-1.01D(3)b:

10-21-11
3. Have completed SWRCB approved QSD training and passed the QSD exam

Add to the list in the 2nd paragraph of section 13-1.01D(3)b:

10-21-11
3. Have completed SWRCB approved QSP training and passed the QSP exam

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

15 EXISTING FACILITIES
01-20-12
Replace the 5th paragraph of section 15-5.06C(1) with:
01-20-12
New deck concrete surfaces must comply with section 51-1.03F(5) before starting overlay work.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION III GRADING

19 EARTHWORK
01-20-12
Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 19-3.01A(2)(b) with:
07-01-11
For cofferdams on or affecting railroad property, allow 85 days for review.

Add to the list in the 1st paragraph of section 19-3.01A(2)(d):

01-20-12
9. Provisions for discontinuous rows of soil nails

Add to section 19-3.01A(3)(b):

01-20-12
For soil nail walls, wall zones are specified in the special provisions.
For ground anchor walls, a wall zone is the entire wall unless otherwise specified in the special
provisions.

01-20-12
Delete the 2nd sentence in the 4th paragraph of section 19-3.01A(3)(b).

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 19-3.03E(3) with:

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-30

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

01-20-12
Compact structure backfill behind lagging of soldier pile walls by hand tamping, mechanical compaction,
or other authorized means.

Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 19-3.03F with:

01-20-12
Do not backfill over or place material over slurry cement backfill until 4 hours after placement. When
concrete sand is used as aggregate and the in-place material is free draining, you may start backfilling as
soon as the surface water is gone.

Add between the 2nd and 3rd paragraphs of section 19-3.03K:

01-20-12
Before you excavate for the installation of ground anchors in a wall zone:
1. Complete stability testing
2. Obtain authorization of test data

Replace the 2nd sentence of the 7th paragraph of section 19-3.03K:

01-20-12
Stop construction in unstable areas until remedial measures have been taken. Remedial measures must be
submitted and authorized.

Add between the 8th and 9th paragraphs of section 19-3.03K:

01-20-12
When your excavation and installation methods result in a discontinuous wall along any soil nail row, the
ends of the structurally completed wall section must extend beyond the ends of the next lower excavation
lift by a distance equal to twice the lift height. Maintain temporary slopes at the ends of each wall section
to ensure slope stability.

Replace the 9th paragraph of section 19-3.03K:

01-20-12
Do not excavate to the next underlying excavation lift until the following conditions have been attained
for the portion of the soil nail or ground anchor wall in the current excavation lift:
1. Soil nails or ground anchors are installed and grouted.
2. Reinforced shotcrete facing is constructed.
3. Grout and shotcrete have cured for 72 hours.
4. Specified tests are complete for that portion of wall and the results are authorized.
5. Soil nail facing anchorages are attached or ground anchors are locked off.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-31

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION V SURFACINGS AND PAVEMENTS

39 HOT MIX ASPHALT
01-20-12
Replace "less than 10 percent" in note "b" in the table titled "Aggregate Quality" of
section 39-1.02E with:
01-20-12
10 percent or less

Add to the 1st paragraph of section 39-1.03A:

09-16-11
If RAP is used, use Laboratory Procedure LP-9.

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 39-1.03B with:

09-16-11
Perform a mix design that produces HMA with the values for the quality characteristics shown in the following
table:
HMA Mix Design Requirements
Quality characteristic Test HMA type
method A B RHMA-G
Air void content (%) California 4.0 4.0 Section 39-1.03B
Test 367a
Voids in mineral aggregate (% min.) LP-2
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0b
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0b
Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3 Note d
No. 4 grading 76.080.0 76.080.0
3/8" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0
1/2" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
Dust proportion LP-4 Note d
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings 0.92.0 0.92.0
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 0.61.3 0.61.3
Stabilometer value (min.) c California
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings Test 366 30 30 --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 37 35 23
a
Calculate the air void content of each specimen using California Test 309 and Laboratory Procedure LP-1.
Alter California Test 367, Paragraph C5, to use the exact air void content specified in the selection of OBC.
b
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.
c
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the compactor, cool to 140 5 F by allowing
the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5-hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F from 2
to 3 hours.
d
Report this value in the JMF submittal.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-32

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace item 4 in the list in the 1st paragraph of section 39-1.03C with:
01-20-12
4. JMF renewal on a Caltrans Job Mix Formula Renewal form, if applicable

Replace the 14th paragraph of section 39-1.03E with:

01-20-12
A verified JMF is valid for 12 months.

Replace the last sentence in the 15th paragraph of section 39-1.03E with:
01-20-12
This deduction does not apply to verifications initiated by the Engineer or JMF renewal.

01-20-12
Delete the 4th paragraph of section 39-1.03F.

Replace items 3 and 5 in the 6th paragraph of section 39-1.03F with:

01-20-12
3. Engineer verifies each proposed JMF renewal within 20 days of receiving verification samples.
5. For each HMA type and aggregate gradation specified, the Engineer verifies at the Department's expense 1
proposed JMF renewal within a 12-month period.

Add between the 6th and 7th paragraphs of section 39-1.03F:

01-20-12
The most recent aggregate quality test results within the past 12 months may be used for verification of
JMF renewal or the Engineer may perform aggregate quality tests for verification of JMF renewal.

Replace section 39-1.03G with:

01-20-12
39-1.03G Job Mix Formula Modification
For an accepted JMF, you may change binder source one time during production.
Submit your modified JMF request a minimum of 3 business days before production. Each modified JMF
submittal must consist of:
1. Proposed modified JMF on Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form
2. Mix design records on Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form for the accepted JMF to be modified
3. JMF verification on Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form for the accepted JMF to be modified
4. Quality characteristics test results for the modified JMF as specified in section 39-1.03B. Perform tests at the
mix design OBC as shown on the Contractor Asphalt Mix Design Data form
5. If required, California Test 371 test results for the modified JMF.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-33

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

With an accepted modified JMF submittal, the Engineer verifies each modified JMF within 5 business
days of receiving all verification samples. If California Test 371 is required, the Engineer tests for
California Test 371 within 10 days of receiving verification samples.
The Engineer verifies the modified JMF after the modified JMF HMA is placed on the project and
verification samples are taken within the first 750 tons following sampling requirements in section 39-
1.03E, "Job Mix Formula Verification." The Engineer tests verification samples for compliance with:
1. Stability as shown in the table titled "Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirements"
2. Air void content at design value 2.0 percent
3. Voids in mineral aggregate as shown in the table titled "Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirements"
4. Voids filled with asphalt if an adjustment for asphalt binder content TV is more than 0.3 percent from the
original OBC shown on the Contractor Asphalt Mix Design Data form.
5. Dust proportion if an adjustment for asphalt binder content TV is more than 0.3 percent from OBC shown on
the Contractor Asphalt Mix Design Data form.

If the modified JMF is verified, the Engineer revises your Hot Mix Asphalt Verification form to include
the new binder source. Your revised form will have the same expiration date as the original form.
If a modified JMF is not verified, stop production and any HMA placed using the modified JMF is
rejected.
The Engineer deducts $2,000 from payments for each modified JMF verification. The Engineer deducts
an additional $2,000 for each modified JMF verification that requires California Test 371.

Add to section 39-1.03:

01-20-12
39-1.03H Job Mix Formula Acceptance
You may start HMA production if:
1. The Engineer's review of the JMF shows compliance with the specifications.
2. The Department has verified the JMF within 12 months before HMA production.
3. The Engineer accepts the verified JMF.

Replace "3 days" in the 1st paragraph of section 39-1.04A with:

01-20-12
3 business days

Replace the 2nd sentence in the 2nd paragraph of section 39-1.04A with:
01-20-12
During production, take samples under California Test 125. You may sample HMA from:

Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 39-1.04E with:

09-16-11
Sample RAP once daily and determine the RAP aggregate gradation under Laboratory Procedure LP-9
and submit the results with the combined aggregate gradation.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-34

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace "5 days" in the 1st paragraph of section 39-1.06 with:

01-20-12
5 business days

Replace the 3rd paragraph of section 39-1.08B with:

09-16-11
Asphalt rubber binder must be from 375 to 425 degrees F when mixed with aggregate.

Replace the 15th paragraph of section 39-1.11 with:

01-20-12
For Standard and QC/QA construction processes, if 3/4-inch aggregate grading is specified, you may use
a 1/2-inch aggregate grading if the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot and less than 0.20
foot thick.

Replace the 17th paragraph of section 39-1.11 with:

01-20-12
Do not open new HMA pavement to public traffic until its mid-depth temperature is below 160 degrees F.

Replace "3 inches per 0.1-mile section" in the 5th paragraph of section 39-1.12C with:
01-20-12
2.5 inches per 0.1-mile section

Replace "6 inches per 0.1-mile section" in the 6th paragraph of section 39-1.12C with:
01-20-12
5 inches per 0.1-mile section

Add to section 39-1.12:

01-20-12
39-1.12E Reserved

Add to section 39-1.14:

01-20-12
Prepare the area to receive HMA for miscellaneous areas and dikes, including any excavation and backfill
as needed.

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 39-2.02B with:

01-20-12
Perform sampling and testing at the specified frequency for the quality characteristics shown in the
following table:

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-35

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Minimum Quality ControlStandard Construction Process

Quality Test Minimum HMA type
characteristic method sampling
and testing A B RHMA-G OGFC
frequency
Aggregate California JMF JMF JMF JMF
gradationa 1 per 750
Test 202 Toleranceb Toleranceb Toleranceb Toleranceb
tons and any
Sand equivalent California 47 42 47 --
remaining
(min)c Test 217
part at the
Asphalt binder California end of the JMF 0.45 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.50 JMF 0.50
content (%) Test 379 project
or 382
HMA moisture California 1 per 2,500 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
content (%, max) Test 226 tons but not
or 370 less than 1
per paving
day
Field compaction (% QC plan 2 per 9197 9197 9197 --
max. theoretical business day
density)d,e (min.)
Stabilometer value California One per
(min)c, f Test 366 4,000 tons
No. 4 and 3/8" or 2 per 5 30 30 -- --
gradings business
1/2" and 3/4" days, 37 35 23 --
gradings whichever is
Air void content California greater 42 42 TV 2 --
(%)c, g Test 367
Aggregate moisture California
content at Test 226
continuous mixing or 370
2 per day
plants and RAP
during -- -- -- --
moisture content at
production
continuous mixing
plants and batch
mixing plantsh
Percent of crushed California
particles coarse Test 205
aggregate (%, min)
One fractured
face 90 25 -- 90
Two fractured
As
faces 75 -- 90 75
designated
Fine aggregate (%,
in the QC
min)
plan. At
(Passing no. 4
least once
sieve and
per project
retained on no.
8 sieve.)
One fractured
face 70 20 70 90
Los Angeles Rattler California
(%, max) Test 211

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-36

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Loss at 100 rev. 12 -- 12 12

Loss at 500 rev.
45 50 40 40
Flat and elongated California Report only Report only Report only Report only
particles (%, max by Test 235
weight @ 5:1)
Fine aggregate California 45 45 45 --
angularity (%, min) Test 234
Voids filled with LP-3
asphalt (%)j
No. 4 grading 76.080.0 76.080.0
Report only --
3/8" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0
1/2" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
Voids in mineral LP-2
aggregate (% min)j
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
--
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0 k
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0 k
Dust proportion j LP-4
No. 4 and 3/8" 0.92.0 0.92.0 Report only
gradings --
1/2" and 3/4" 0.61.3 0.61.3
gradings
Smoothness Section 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot
39-1.12 straight- straight- straight- straight-
-- edge, must edge, must edge, must edge, must
grind, and grind, and grind, and grind, and
PI0 PI0 PI0 PI0
Asphalt rubber Section Section
binder viscosity @ 39-1.02D 39-1.04C -- -- 1,5004,000 1,5004,000
375 F, centipoises
Asphalt modifier Section Section Section Section
-- --
39-1.02D 39-1.04C 39-1.02D 39-1.02D
CRM Section Section -- -- Section Section
39-1.02D 39-1.04C 39-1.02D 39-1.02D
a
Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-1.02E.
c
Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
d
Determine field compaction for any of the following conditions:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least
0.15 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.20 foot.
e
California Test 375 is used to determine field compaction, except use:
1. In-place density measurements using the method specified in your QC plan is used instead of using the
nuclear gauge specified in Part 4 of California Test 375
2. California Test 309 to determine the maximum theoretical density instead of determining maximum
density as specified in Part 5 of California Test 375
f
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the mechanical compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F
for a minimum of 2 hours and not more than 3 hours."
g
Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308, Method A, and

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-37

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309.

h
For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant.
i
The Engineer waives this specification if HMA contains 10 percent or less of nonmanufactured sand by weight
of total aggregate. Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
j
Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to 0.3 percent from OBC
value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
k
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 39-2.03A with:

01-20-12
The Department samples for acceptance testing and tests for the quality characteristics shown in the
following table:
HMA AcceptanceStandard Construction Process
Quality characteristic Test HMA type
method A B RHMA-G OGFC
Aggregate gradation a California JMF JMF JMF JMF
Sieve 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" Test 202 tolerance c tolerance c tolerance c tolerance c
1/2" Xb
3/8" X
No. 4 X
No. 8 X X X
No. 200 X X X
Sand equivalent (min) d California 47 42 47 --
Test 217
Asphalt binder content (%) California JMF 0.45 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.50 JMF 0.50
Test 379 or
382
HMA moisture content California 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
(%, max) Test 226 or
370
Field compaction (% max. California 9197 9197 9197 --
theoretical density) e, f Test 375
Stabilometer value (min)d,g California
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings Test 366 30 30 -- --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 37 35 23 --
Air void content (%) d, h California 42 42 TV 2 --
Test 367
Percent of crushed particles California
Coarse aggregate (%, min) Test 205
One fractured face 90 25 -- 90
Two fractured faces 75 -- 90 75
Fine aggregate (%, min)
(Passing no. 4 sieve and
retained on no. 8 sieve.)
One fractured face 70 20 70 90
Los Angeles Rattler (%, max) California
Loss at 100 rev. Test 211 12 -- 12 12
Loss at 500 rev. 45 50 40 40
Fine aggregate angularity (%, California
min)i Test 234 45 45 45 --

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-38

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Flat and elongated particles (%, California

Report only Report only Report only Report only
max by weight @ 5:1) Test 235
Voids filled with asphalt (%) j LP-3
No. 4 grading 76.080.0 76.080.0
3/8" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0 Report only --
1/2" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
Voids in mineral aggregate LP-2
(% min) j
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
--
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0 k
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0 k
Dust proportion j LP-4
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings 0.92.0 0.92.0 Report only --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 0.61.3 0.61.3
Smoothness Section 39- 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot
1.12 straight- straight- straight- straight-edge
edge, must edge, must edge, must and must
grind, and grind, and grind, and grind
PI0 PI0 PI0
Asphalt binder Various Section 92 Section 92 Section 92 Section 92
Asphalt rubber binder Various -- -- Section Section
92-1.01D(2) 92-1.01D(2)
and section and section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
Asphalt modifier Various -- -- Section Section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
CRM Various -- -- Section Section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
a
The Engineer determines combined aggregate gradations containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
"X" denotes the sieves the Engineer tests for the specified aggregate gradation.
c
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-1.02E.
d
The Engineer reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
e
The Engineer determines field compaction for any of the following conditions:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least
0.15 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.20 foot.
f
California Test 375 is used to determine field compaction, except the Engineer uses:
1. California Test 375, Method A, to determine in-place density measurements instead of using the
nuclear gauge specified in Part 4 of California Test 375
2. California Test 309 is used to determine the maximum theoretical density instead of determining
maximum density as specified in Part 5 of California Test 375
g
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the mechanical compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F
from 2 to 3 hours."
h
The Engineer determines the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308,
Method A, and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309.
i
The Engineer waives this specification if HMA contains 10 percent or less of nonmanufactured sand by weight
of total aggregate. Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
j
Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to 0.3 percent from the
OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
k
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-39

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 5th paragraph of section 39-2.03A with:

01-20-12
The Engineer determines the percent of maximum theoretical density from density cores taken from the
final layer measured the full depth of the total paved HMA thickness if any of the following applies:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot
and any layer is less than 0.15 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.2 foot and any layer is
less than 0.20 foot.

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 39-3.02A with:

01-20-12
The Department samples for acceptance testing and tests for the quality characteristics shown in the
following table:
HMA AcceptanceMethod Construction Process
Quality characteristic Test HMA type
method A B RHMA-G OGFC
Aggregate gradation a California JMF JMF JMF JMF
Test 202 tolerance b tolerance b tolerance b tolerance b
Sand equivalent (min) c California 47 42 47 --
Test 217
Asphalt binder content (%) California JMF 0.45 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.50 JMF 0.50
Test 379
or 382
HMA moisture content (%, max) California 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Test 226
or 370
Stabilometer value (min) c, d California
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings Test 366 30 30 -- --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 37 35 23 --
Percent of crushed particles California
Coarse aggregate (% min) Test 205
One fractured face 90 25 -- 90
Two fractured faces 75 -- 90 75
Fine aggregate (% min)
(Passing no. 4 sieve and
retained on no. 8 sieve.)
One fractured face 70 20 70 90
Los Angeles Rattler (% max) California
Loss at 100 rev. Test 211 12 -- 12 12
Loss at 500 rev. 45 50 40 40
Air void content (%) c, e California
42 42 TV 2 --
Test 367
Fine aggregate angularity California
45 45 45 --
(% min)f Test 234
Flat and elongated particles California
Report only Report only Report only Report only
(% max by weight @ 5:1) Test 235

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-40

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Voids filled with asphalt LP-3

(%) g
No. 4 grading 76.080.0 76.080.0
Report only --
3/8" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0
1/2" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
Voids in mineral aggregate LP-2
(% min) g
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
--
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0 h
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0 h
Dust proportion g LP-4
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings 0.92.0 0.92.0 Report only --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 0.61.3 0.61.3
Smoothness Section 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot
39-1.12 straight- straight- straight- straight-
edge and edge and edge and edge and
must-grind must-grind must-grind must-grind
Asphalt binder Various Section 92 Section 92 Section 92 Section 92
Asphalt rubber binder Various -- -- Section Section
92-1.01D(2) 92-1.01D(2)
and section and section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
Asphalt modifier Various -- -- Section Section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
CRM Various -- -- Section Section
39-1.02D 39-1.02D
a
The Engineer determines combined aggregate gradations containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-1.02E.
c
The Engineer reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
d
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the mechanical compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F
from 2 to 3 hours."
e
The Engineer determines the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308,
Method A, and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309.
f
The Engineer waives this specification if HMA contains 10 percent or less of nonmanufactured sand by weight
of total aggregate. Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
g
Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to 0.3 percent from the
OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
h
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.

Replace "280 degrees F" in item 2 in the 6th paragraph of section 39-3.04 with:
01-20-12
285 degrees F

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-41

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 8th paragraph of section 39-4.02C with:

01-20-12
Comply with the values for the HMA quality characteristics and minimum random sampling and testing
for quality control shown in the following table:
Minimum Quality ControlQC/QA Construction Process
Quality Test Minimum HMA Type Location Maxi-
characteristic method sampling of mum
and testing sampling report-
frequency A B RHMA-G ing
time
allow-
ance
Aggregate California JMF JMF JMF California
gradationa Test 202 tolerance b tolerance b tolerance b Test 125
Loose mix
behind
California
Asphalt binder paver
Test 379 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.50
content (%) 1 per 750 See 24
or 382
tons California hours
Test 125
Field
compaction (%
QC plan 9296 9296 9196 QC plan
max. theoretical
density)c,d
Aggregate
moisture
content at
continuous
mixing plants Stock-
California 2 per day
and RAP piles or
Test 226 during -- -- -- --
moisture cold feed
or 370 production
content at belts
continuous
mixing plants
and batch
mixing plantse
Sand equivalent California 1 per 750 California 24
47 42 47
(min) f Test 217 tons Test 125 hours
1 per 2,500
HMA moisture California tons but
24
content Test 226 not less 1.0 1.0 1.0
hours
(%,max) or 370 than 1 per
Loose
paving day
Mix
Stabilometer
Behind
value (min)f,g 1 per 4,000
Paver
tons or 2
California See
No. 4 and 3/8" per 5 30 30 --
Test 366 California 48
gradings business
Test 125 hours
1/2" and 3/4" days, 37 35 23
gradings whichever
Air void California is greater
42 42 TV 2
content (%)f,h Test 367

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-42

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Percent of
crushed
particles coarse
aggregate
(% min.):
One fractured
face 90 25 --
Two fractured
faces 75 -- 90
California California
Test 205 Test 125
Fine aggregate
(% min)
(Passing no. 4
sieve and
retained on no.
8 sieve.):
One fractured
face
70 20 70
Los Angeles
Rattler (%
max): California California
As desig-
Loss at 100 rev. Test 211 12 -- 12 Test 125
Loss at 500 rev. nated in
QC plan. 45 50 40 48
Fine aggregate hours
California At least California
angularity 45 45 45
Test 234 once per Test 125
(% min) i
project.
Flat and
elongated
California California
particle Report only Report only Report only
Test 235 Test 125
(% max by
weight @ 5:1)
Voids filled
with asphalt
(%) j:
LP-3 Report only LP-3
No. 4 grading 76.080.0 76.080.0
3/8" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0
1/2" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
Voids in
mineral
aggregate
(% min.) j:
LP-2 LP-2
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0k
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0k

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-43

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Dust
proportion j:

No. 4 and 3/8" LP-4 0.92.0 0.92.0 Report only LP-4

gradings
1/2" and 3/4" 0.61.3 0.61.3
gradings
Smoothness 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot
straight- straight- straight-
Section
-- edge, must- edge, must- edge, must- --
39-1.12
grind, and grind, and grind, and
PI0 PI0 PI0
Asphalt rubber
binder viscosity Section 1,500 Section 24
-- -- --
@ 375 F, 39-1.02D 4,000 39-1.02D hours
centipoises
CRM Section -- -- -- Section 39- Section 48
39-1.02D 1.02D 39-1.02D hours
a
Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-1.02E.
c
Determines field compaction for any of the following conditions:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least
0.15 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.20 foot.
d
California Test 375 is used to determine field compaction, except use:
1. In-place density measurements using the method specified in your QC plan instead of using the
nuclear gauge specified in Part 4 of California Test 375
2. California Test 309 to determine the maximum theoretical density instead of determining maximum
density as specified in Part 5 of California Test 375
e
For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant.
f
Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
g
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the mechanical compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F
from 2 to 3 hours."
h
Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308, Method A,
and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309.
i
The Engineer waives this specification if HMA contains 10 percent or less of nonmanufactured sand by
weight of total aggregate. Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
j
Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to 0.3 percent from the
OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
k
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.

Replace the 1st sentence in the 1st paragraph of section 39-4.03B(2) with:
01-20-12
For aggregate gradation and asphalt binder content, the minimum ratio of verification testing frequency to
quality control testing frequency is 1:5.

Replace the 2nd "and" in the 7th paragraph of section 39-4.03B(2) with:
01-20-12
or

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-44

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 39-4.04A with:

01-20-12
The Engineer samples for acceptance testing and tests for the following quality characteristics:
HMA AcceptanceQC/QA Construction Process
Index Quality characteristic Weight- Test HMA type
(i) ing method
factor
(w)
A B RHMA-G
Aggregate gradation
a

Sieve 3/4" 1/2" 3/8"

1 1/2" Xb -- -- 0.05 California
JMF Tolerance c
1 3/8" -- X -- 0.05 Test 202
1 No. 4 -- -- X 0.05
2 No. 8 X X X 0.10
3 No. X X X 0.15
200
4 Asphalt binder content (%) 0.30 California JMF 0.45 JMF 0.45 JMF 0.5
Test 379 or
382
5 Field compaction (% max. 0.40 California 9296 9296 9196
theoretical density) d, e Test 375
Sand equivalent (min) f California 47 42 47
Test 217
Stabilometer value (min) f,g California
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings Test 366 30 30 --
1/2" and 3/4" gradings 37 35 23
Air void content (%)f, h California 42 42 TV 2
Test 367
Percent of crushed particles California
coarse aggregate (% min) Test 205
One fractured face
Two fractured faces 90 25 --
Fine aggregate (% min) 75 -- 90
(Passing no. 4 sieve and
retained on No. 8 sieve.)
One fractured face

70 20 70
HMA moisture content California 1.0 1.0 1.0
(%, max) Test 226 or
370
Los Angeles Rattler (% max) California
Loss at 100 rev. Test 211
Loss at 500 rev. 12 -- 12
45 50 40
Fine aggregate angularity California 45 45 45
(% min)i Test 234

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-45

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Flat and elongated particle California Report only Report only Report only
(% max by weight @ 5:1) Test 235
Voids in mineral aggregate LP-2 (Note k)
(% min) j
No. 4 grading 17.0 17.0 --
3/8" grading 15.0 15.0 --
1/2" grading 14.0 14.0 18.023.0
3/4" grading 13.0 13.0 18.023.0
Voids filled with asphalt (%) j
No. 4 grading
3/8" grading LP-3 76.080.0 76.080.0 Report only
1/2" grading 73.076.0 73.076.0
3/4" grading 65.075.0 65.075.0
65.075.0 65.075.0
Dust proportion j LP-4
No. 4 and 3/8" gradings 0.92.0 0.92.0 Report only
1/2" and 3/4" gradings
0.61.3 0.61.3
Smoothness Section 39- 12-foot 12-foot 12-foot
1.12 straight- straight- straight-
edge, must edge, must edge, must
grind, and grind, and grind, and
PI0 PI0 PI0
Asphalt binder Various Section 92 Section 92 Section 92
Section
92-1.01D(2)
Asphalt rubber binder Various -- --
and section
39-1.02D
Section
Asphalt modifier Various -- --
39-1.02D
Section
CRM Various -- --
39-1.02D
a
The Engineer determines combined aggregate gradations containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
"X" denotes the sieves the Engineer tests for the specified aggregate gradation.
c
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-1.02E.
d
The Engineer determines field compaction for any of the following conditions:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least
0.15 foot and less than 0.20 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.20 foot.
e
California Test 375 is used to determine field compaction, except the Engineer uses:
1. California Test 308, Method A, to determine in-place density measurements instead of using the
nuclear gauge specified in Part 4 of California Test 375
2. California Test 309 to determine the maximum theoretical density instead of determining maximum
density as specified in Part 5 of California Test 375
f
The Engineer reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
g
Alter California Test 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the mechanical compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5 hour, then place the briquettes in the oven at 140 F
from 2 to 3 hours."
h
The Engineer determines the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308,
Method A, and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309.
i
The Engineer waives this specification if HMA contains 10 percent or less of nonmanufactured sand by weight
of total aggregate. Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-46

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

j
Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to 0.3 percent from the
OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
k
Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range.

Replace the 3rd paragraph of section 39-4.04A with:

01-20-12
The Department determines the percent of maximum theoretical density from density cores taken from
the final layer measured the full depth of the total paved HMA thickness if any of the following applies:
1. 1/2-inch, 3/8-inch, or no. 4 aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot
and any lager is less than 0.15 foot.
2. 3/4-inch aggregate grading is used and the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.20 and any layer is less
than 0.20 foot.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

40 CONCRETE PAVEMENT
01-20-12
Replace section 40-1.01C(4) with:
01-20-12
40-1.01C(4) Authorized Laboratory
Submit for authorization the name of the laboratory you propose to use for testing the drilled core
specimens for air content.

Replace the paragraph in section 40-1.01C(8) with:

01-20-12
Submit a plan for protecting concrete pavement during the initial 72 hours after paving when the
forecasted minimum ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F.

01-20-12
Delete "determined under California Test 559" in section 40-1.01C(9).

Replace the 2nd and 3rd paragraphs in section 40-1.01D(4) with:

01-20-12
The QC plan must include details of corrective action to be taken if any process is out of control. As a
minimum, a process is out of control if any of the following occurs:
1. For fine and coarse aggregate gradation, 2 consecutive running averages of 4 tests are outside the specification
limits
2. For individual penetration or air content measurements:
2.1. One point falls outside the suspension limit line
2.2. Two points in a row fall outside the action limit line

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-47

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Stop production and take corrective action for out of control processes or the Engineer rejects subsequent
material.

Replace the 1st paragraph in section 40-1.01D(5) with:

01-20-12
Determine the minimum cementitious materials content. Use your value for minimum cementitious
material content for MC in equation 1 and equation 2 of section 90-1.02B(3).

Replace the 1st sentence of the 3rd paragraph of section 40-1.01D(9) with:
01-20-12
Use a California profilograph to determine the concrete pavement profile.

Replace the title of the table in section 40-1.01D(13)(a) with:

01-20-12
Concrete Pavement Acceptance Testing

Replace the 2nd and 3rd paragraphs in section 40-1.01D(13)(a) with:

01-20-12
Pavement smoothness may be accepted based on the Department's testing. A single test represents no
more than 0.1 mile.
Acceptance of modulus of rupture, thickness, dowel bar and tie bar placement, coefficient of friction,
smoothness, and air content, does not constitute final concrete pavement acceptance.

01-20-12
Delete the 4th item of the list in the 2nd paragraph in section 40-1.01D(13)(c)(2).

Replace the 1st and 2nd items in the list in the 2nd paragraph in 40-1.01D(13)(d) with:
01-20-12
1. For tangents and horizontal curves having a centerline radius of curvature 2,000 feet or more, the PI0 must be at
most 2-1/2 inches per 0.1-mile section.
2. For horizontal curves having a centerline radius of curvature from 1,000 to 2,000 feet including concrete
pavement within the superelevation transitions of those curves, the PI0 must be at most 5 inches per 0.1-mile
section.

Replace the 1st and 2nd variables in the equation in section 40-1.01D(13)(f) with:
01-20-12
nc = Number of your quality control tests (minimum of 6 required)
nv = Number of verification tests (minimum of 2 required)

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-48

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace "Your approved third party independent testing laboratory" in the 4th paragraph
of section 40-1.01D(13)(f) with:
01-20-12
The authorized laboratory

Replace the 2nd item in the 2nd paragraph of section 40-1.01D(13)(g):

01-20-12
2. One test for every 4,000 square yards of concrete pavement with tie bars or remaining fraction of that area.
Each tie bar test consists of 2 cores with 1 on each tie-bar-end to expose both ends and allow measurement.

Replace section 40-1.01D(13)(h) with:

01-20-12

40-1.01D(13)(h) Bar Reinforcement

Bar reinforcement is accepted based on inspection before concrete placement.

Replace the paragraph in section 40-1.02B(2) with:

01-20-12
PCC for concrete pavement must comply with section 90-1 except as otherwise specified.

Replace the paragraphs in section 40-1.02D with:

01-20-12
Bar reinforcement must be deformed bars.
If the project is not shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, bar reinforcement must
comply with section 52.
If the project is shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate regions, bar reinforcement must be
one of the following:
1. Epoxy-coated bar reinforcement under section 52-2.03B except bars must comply with either ASTM A 706/A
706M; ASTM A 996/A 996M; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60. Bars must be handled under ASTM D
3963/D 3963M and section 52-2.02C.
2. Low carbon, chromium steel bar complying with ASTM A 1035/A 1035M

Replace the paragraphs in section 40-1.02E with:

01-20-12
Tie bars must be deformed bars.
If the project is not shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, tie bars must be one of the
following:
1. Epoxy-coated bar reinforcement. Bars must comply with either section 52-2.02B or 52-2.03B except bars must
comply with either ASTM A 706/A 706M; ASTM A 996/A 996M; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60.
2. Stainless-steel bars. Bars must be descaled, pickled, polished, and solid stainless-steel bars under ASTM A
955/A 955M, Grade 60, UNS Designation S31603 or S31803.
3. Low carbon, chromium-steel bars under ASTM A 1035/A 1035M.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-49

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

If the project is shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, tie bars must be one of the
following:
1. Epoxy-coated bar reinforcement. Bars must comply with section 52-2.03B except bars must comply with either
ASTM A 706/A 706M; ASTM A 996/A 996M; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60.
2. Stainless-steel bars. Bars must be descaled, pickled, polished, and solid stainless-steel bars under ASTM A
955/A 955M, Grade 60, UNS Designation S31603 or S31803.

Fabricate, sample, and handle epoxy-coated tie bars under ASTM D 3963/D 3963M, section 52-2.02C, or
section 52-2.03C.
Do not bend tie bars.

Replace the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd paragraphs in section 40-1.02F with:
01-20-12
Dowel bars must be plain bars. Fabricate, sample, and handle epoxy-coated dowel bars under ASTM D
3963/D 3963M and section 52-2.03C except each sample must be 18 inches long.
If the project is not shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, dowel bars must be one of
the following:
1. Epoxy-coated bars. Bars must comply with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60. Epoxy coating must comply
with either section 52-2.02B or 52-2.03B.
2. Stainless-steel bars. Bars must be descaled, pickled, polished, and solid stainless-steel bars under ASTM A
955/A 955M, Grade 60, UNS Designation S31603 or S31803.
3. Low carbon, chromium-steel bars under ASTM A 1035/A 1035M.

If the project is shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, dowel bars must be one of the
following:
1. Epoxy-coated bars. Bars must comply with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60. Epoxy coating must comply
with section 52-2.03B.
2. Stainless-steel bars. Bars must be descaled, pickled, polished, and solid stainless-steel bars under ASTM A
955/A 955M, Grade 60, UNS Designation S31603 or S31803.

Replace the paragraphs in section 40-1.02G with:

01-20-12
For dowel and tie bar baskets, wire must comply with ASTM A 82/A 82M and be welded under ASTM A
185/A 185M, Section 7.4. The minimum wire-size no. is W10. Use either U-frame or A-frame shaped
assemblies.
If the project is not shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region. Baskets may be epoxy-
coated, and the epoxy coating must comply with either section 52-2.02B or 52-2.03B.
If the project is shown to be in high desert or any mountain climate region, wire for dowel bar and tie bar
baskets must be one of the following:
1. Epoxy-coated wire complying with section 52-2.03B
2. Stainless-steel wire. Wire must be descaled, pickled, and polished solid stainless-steel. Wire must comply with
(1) the chemical requirements in ASTM A 276/A 276M, UNS Designation S31603 or S31803 and (2) the
tension requirements in ASTM A 1022/ A 1022M.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-50

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Handle epoxy-coated tie bar and dowel bar baskets under ASTM D 3963/D 3963M and either section 52-
2.02B or 52-2.03B.
Fasteners must be driven fasteners under ASTM F 1667. Fasteners on lean concrete base or HMA must
have a minimum shank diameter of 3/16 inch and a minimum shank length of 2-1/2 inches. For asphalt
treated permeable base or cement treated permeable base, the shank diameter must be at least 3/16 inch
and the shank length must be at least 5 inches.
Fasteners, clips, and washers must have a minimum 0.2-mil thick zinc coating applied by either
electroplating or galvanizing.

Replace the 1st paragraph in section 40-1.02H with:

01-20-12
Chemical adhesive for drilling and bonding dowels and tie bars must be on the Authorized Material List.
The Authorized Material List indicates the appropriate chemical adhesive system for the concrete
temperature and installation conditions.

Replace section 40-1.02I(2) with:

01-20-12
40-1.02I(2) Silicone Joint Sealant
Silicone joint sealant must be on the Authorized Material List.

Replace the last sentence in section 40-1.02I(4) with:

01-20-12
Show evidence that the seals are compressed from 30 to 50 percent for the joint width at time of
installation.

Replace the paragraph in section 40-1.02L with:

01-20-12
Water for core drilling may be obtained from a potable water source, or submit proof that it does not
contain:
1. More than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides as Cl
2. More than 1,300 parts per million of sulfates as S04
3. Impurities that cause pavement discoloration or surface etching

Replace the paragraph in section 40-1.03B with:

01-20-12
Before placing concrete pavement, develop enough water supply for the work under section 17.

Replace the last paragraph in section 40-1.03D(1) with:

01-20-12
Removal of grinding residue must comply with section 42-1.03B.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-51

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 1st and 2nd paragraphs in section 40-1.03E(6)(c) with:

01-20-12
Install preformed compressions seals in isolation joints if specified in the special provisions.
Install longitudinal seals before transverse seals. Longitudinal seals must be continuous except splicing is
allowed at intersections with transverse seals. Transverse seals must be continuous for the entire
transverse length of concrete pavement except splices are allowed for widenings and staged construction.
With a sharp instrument, cut across the longitudinal seal at the intersection with transverse construction
joints. If the longitudinal seal does not relax enough to properly install the transverse seal, trim the
longitudinal seal to form a tight seal between the 2 joints.
If splicing is authorized, splicing must comply with the manufacturer's written instructions.

Replace the last 2 paragraphs in section 40-1.03G with:

01-20-12
Construct additional test strips if you:
1. Propose different paving equipment including:
1.1. Paver
1.2. Dowel bar inserter
1.3. Tie bar inserter
1.4. Tining
1.5. Curing equipment
2. Change concrete mix proportions

You may request authorization to eliminate the test strip if you use paving equipment and personnel from
a Department project (1) for the same type of pavement and (2) completed within the past 12 months.
Submit supporting documents and previous project information with your request.

Replace the 1st paragraph in section 40-1.03I with:

01-20-12
Place tie bars in compliance with the tolerances shown in the following table:
Tie Bar Tolerance
Dimension Tolerance
Horizontal and vertical skew 10 degrees maximum
Longitudinal translation 2 inch maximum
Horizontal offset (embedment) 2 inch maximum
Vertical depth 1. Not less than 1/2 inch below the saw cut
depth of joints
2. When measured at any point along the
bar, not less than 2 inches clear of the
pavement's surface and bottom

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-52

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace item 4 in the 2nd paragraph in section 40-1.03I with:

01-20-12
4. Use tie bar baskets. Anchor baskets at least 200 feet in advance of pavement placement activity. If you request a
waiver, describe the construction limitations or restricted access preventing the advanced anchoring. After the
baskets are anchored and before paving, demonstrate the tie bars do not move from their specified depth and
alignment during paving. Use fasteners to anchor tie bar baskets.

Replace "The maximum distance below the depth shown must be 0.05 foot." in the table in
section 40-1.03J with:
01-20-12
The maximum distance below the depth shown must be 5/8 inch.

Replace sections 40-1.03L and 40-1.03M with:

01-20-12
40-1.03L Finishing
40-1.03L(1) General
Reserved
40-1.03L(2) Preliminary Finishing
40-1.03L(2)(a) General
Preliminary finishing must produce a smooth and true-to-grade finish. After preliminary finishing, mark
each day's paving with a stamp. The stamp must be authorized before paving starts. The stamp must be
approximately 1 by 2 feet in size. The stamp must form a uniform mark from 1/8 to 1/4 inch deep. Locate
the mark 20 5 feet from the transverse construction joint formed at each day's start of paving and 1
0.25 foot from the pavement's outside edge. The stamp mark must show the month, day, and year of
placement and the station of the transverse construction joint. Orient the stamp mark so it can be read
from the pavement's outside edge.
Do not apply more water to the pavement surface than can evaporate before float finishing and texturing
are completed.
40-1.03L(2)(b) Stationary Side Form Finishing
If stationary side form construction is used, give the pavement a preliminary finish by the machine float
method or the hand method.
If using the machine float method:
1. Use self-propelled machine floats.
2. Determine the number of machine floats required to perform the work at a rate equal to the pavement delivery
rate. If the time from paving to machine float finishing exceeds 30 minutes, stop pavement delivery. When
machine floats are in proper position, you may resume pavement delivery and paving.
3. Run machine floats on side forms or adjacent pavement lanes. If running on adjacent pavement, protect the
adjacent pavement surface under section 40-1.03P. Floats must be hardwood, steel, or steel-shod wood. Floats
must be equipped with devices that adjust the underside to a true flat surface.

If using the hand method, finish pavement smooth and true to grade with manually operated floats or
powered finishing machines.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-53

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

40-1.03L(2)(c) Slip-Form Finishing

If slip-form construction is used, the slip-form paver must give the pavement a preliminary finish. You
may supplement the slip-form paver with machine floats.
Before the pavement hardens, correct pavement edge slump in excess of 0.02 foot exclusive of edge
rounding.
40-1.03L(3) Final Finishing
After completing preliminary finishing, round the edges of the initial paving widths to a 0.04-foot radius.
Round transverse and longitudinal construction joints to a 0.02-foot radius.
Before curing, texture the pavement. Perform initial texturing with a burlap drag or broom device that
produces striations parallel to the centerline. Perform final texturing with a steel-tined device that
produces grooves parallel with the centerline.
Construct longitudinal grooves with a self-propelled machine designed specifically for grooving and
texturing pavement. The machine must have tracks to maintain constant speed, provide traction, and
maintain accurate tracking along the pavement surface. The machine must have a single row of
rectangular spring steel tines. The tines must be from 3/32 to 1/8 inch wide, on 3/4-inch centers, and must
have enough length, thickness, and resilience to form grooves approximately 3/16 inch deep. The
machine must have horizontal and vertical controls. The machine must apply constant down pressure on
the pavement surface during texturing. The machines must not cause ravels.
Construct grooves over the entire pavement width in a single pass except do not construct grooves 3
inches from the pavement edges and longitudinal joints. Final texture must be uniform and smooth. Use a
guide to properly align the grooves. Grooves must be parallel and aligned to the pavement edge across the
pavement width. Grooves must be from 1/8 to 3/16 inch deep after the pavement has hardened.
For irregular areas and areas inaccessible to the grooving machine, you may hand-construct grooves
under section 40-1.03L(2) using the hand method. Hand-constructed grooves must comply with the
specifications for machine-constructed grooves.
Initial and final texturing must produce a coefficient of friction of at least 0.30 when tested under
California Test 342. Notify the Engineer when the pavement is scheduled to be opened to traffic to allow
at least 25 days for the Department to schedule testing for coefficient of friction. Notify the Engineer
when the pavement is ready for testing which is the latter of:
1. Seven days after paving
2. When the pavement has attained a modulus of rupture of 550 psi

The Department tests for coefficient of friction within 7 days of receiving notification that the pavement
is ready for testing.
Do not open the pavement to traffic unless the coefficient of friction is at least 0.30.
40-1.03M Reserved

Replace the 4th paragraph of 40-1.03P with:

01-20-12
Construct crossings for traffic convenience. If authorized, you may use RSC for crossings. Do not open
crossings until the Department determines that the pavement's modulus of rupture is at least 550 psi under
California Test 523 or California Test 524.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-54

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 40-6.01A with:

01-20-12
Section 40-6 includes specifications for applying a high molecular weight methacrylate resin system to
pavement surface cracks that do not extend the full slab depth.

Replace the 4th paragraph of section 40-6.01C(2) with:

01-20-12
If the project is in an urban area adjacent to a school or residence, the public safety plan must also include
an airborne emissions monitoring plan prepared by a CIH certified in comprehensive practice by the
American Board of Industrial Hygiene. Submit a copy of the CIH's certification. The CIH must monitor
the emissions at a minimum of 4 points including the mixing point, the application point, and the point of
nearest public contact. At work completion, submit a report by the industrial hygienist with results of the
airborne emissions monitoring plan.

01-20-12
Delete the 1st sentence of the 2nd paragraph in section 40-6.02B.

Replace the 4th item in the last paragraph in section 40-6.03A with:
01-20-12
4. Coefficient of friction is at least 0.30 under California Test 342

Replace the paragraph in section 40-6.04 with:

01-20-12
Not Used

Add to section 40:

01-20-12
40-740-15 RESERVED

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION VI STRUCTURES
47 EARTH RETAINING SYSTEMS
02-17-12
Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 47-2.01D with:
02-17-12
Coupler test samples must comply with minimum tensile specifications for steel wire in ASTM A 82/A
82M. Total wire slip must be at most 3/16 inch when tested under the specifications for tension testing of
round wire test samples in ASTM A 370.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-55

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the value for the sand equivalent requirement in the table titled "Property
Requirements" in the 3rd paragraph of section 47-2.02C with:
01-20-12
12 minimum

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 47-2.02E with:

02-17-12
Steel wire must comply with ASTM A 82/A 82M. Welded wire reinforcement must comply with ASTM
A 185/A 185M.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

48 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
09-16-11
Replace the 7th paragraph of section 48-2.01C(2) with:
09-16-11
If you submit multiple submittals at the same time or additional submittals before review of a previous
submittal is complete:
1. You must designate a review sequence for submittals
2. Review time for any submittal is the review time specified plus 15 days for each submittal of higher priority
still under review

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

49 PILING
01-20-12
Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 49-2.01D with:
01-20-12
Furnish piling is measured along the longest side of the pile from the specified tip elevation shown to the
plane of pile cutoff.

Add to section 49-3.01A:

01-20-12
Concrete must comply with section 51.

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 49-3.01C with:

01-20-12
Except for CIDH concrete piles constructed under slurry, construct CIP concrete piles such that the
excavation methods and the concrete placement procedures provide for placing the concrete against
undisturbed material in a dry or dewatered hole.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-56

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace "Reserved" in section 49-3.02A(2) with:

01-20-12
dry hole:
1. Except for CIDH concrete piles specified as end bearing, a drilled hole that:
1.1. Accumulates no more than 12 inches of water in the bottom of the drilled hole
during a period of 1 hour without any pumping from the hole during the hour.
1.2. Has no more than 3 inches of water in the bottom of the drilled hole immediately
before placing concrete.
2. For CIDH concrete piles specified as end bearing, a drilled hole free of water without the use of pumps.

Replace "Reserved" in section 49-3.02A(3)(a) with:

01-20-12
If plastic spacers are proposed for use, submit the manufacturer's data and a sample of the plastic spacer.
Allow 10 days for review.

Replace item 2 in the 1st paragraph of section 49-3.02A(3)(g) with:

01-20-12
2. Be sealed and signed by an engineer who is registered as a civil engineer in the State. This requirement is
waived for either of the following conditions:
2.1 The proposed mitigation will be performed under the current Department-published
version of ADSC Standard Mitigation Plan 'A' - Basic Repair without exception or
modification.
2.2 The Engineer determines that the rejected pile does not require mitigation due to
structural, geotechnical, or corrosion concerns, and you elect to repair the pile using the
current Department-published version of ADSC Standard Mitigation Plan 'B' - Grouting
Repair without exception or modification.

Replace item 1 in the 1st paragraph of section 49-3.02A(4)(d)(ii) with:

01-20-12
1. Inspection pipes must be schedule 40 PVC pipe complying with ASTM D 1785 with a nominal pipe size of 2
inches. Watertight PVC couplers complying with ASTM D 2466 are allowed to facilitate pipe lengths in excess
of those commercially available. Log the location of the inspection pipe couplers with respect to the plane of
pile cutoff.

Add to section 49-3.02A(4)(d)(iv):

01-20-12
If the Engineer determines it is not feasible to use one of ADSC's standard mitigation plans to mitigate the
pile, schedule a meeting and meet with the Engineer before submitting a nonstandard mitigation plan.
The meeting attendees must include your representatives and the Engineer's representatives involved in
the pile mitigation. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss the type of pile mitigation acceptable to the
Department.
Provide the meeting facility. The Engineer conducts the meeting.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-57

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 1st paragraph of section 49-3.02B(5) with:

01-20-12
Grout used to backfill casings must comply with section 50-1.02C, except:
1. Grout must consist of cementitious material and water, and may contain an admixture if authorized.
Cementitious material must comply with section 90-1.02B, except SCMs are not required. The minimum
cementitious material content of the grout must not be less than 845 lb/cu yd of grout.
2. Aggregate must be used to extend the grout as follows:
2.1 Aggregate must consist of at least 70 percent fine aggregate and approximately 30
percent pea gravel, by weight.
2.2 Fine aggregate must comply with section 90-1.02C(3).
2.3 Size of pea gravel must be such that 100 percent passes the 1/2-inch sieve, at least 90
percent passes the 3/8-inch sieve, and not more than 5 percent passes the no. 8 sieve.
3. California Test 541 is not required.
4. Grout is not required to pass through a sieve with a 0.07-inch maximum clear opening before being introduced
into the grout pump.

Replace section 49-3.02B(8) with:

01-20-12
49-3.02B(8) Spacers
Spacers must comply with section 52-1.03D, except you may use plastic spacers.
Plastic spacers must:
1. Comply with sections 3.4 and 3.5 of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's Manual of Standard Practice
2. Have at least 25 percent of their gross plane area perforated to compensate for the difference in the coefficient
of thermal expansion between the plastic and concrete
3. Be of commercial quality

Add to section 49-3.02C(4):

01-20-12
Unless otherwise shown, the bar reinforcing steel cage must have at least 3 inches of clear cover
measured from the outside of the cage to the sides of the hole or casing.
Place spacers at least 5 inches clear from any inspection tubes.
Place plastic spacers around the circumference of the cage and at intervals along the length of the cage, as
recommended by the manufacturer.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-58

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

50 PRESTRESSING CONCRETE
01-20-12
Add to section 50-1.02:
09-16-11
50-1.02G Sheathing
Sheathing for debonding prestressing strand must:
1. Be split or un-split flexible polymer plastic tubing
1. Have a minimum wall thickness of 0.025 inch
2. Have an inside diameter exceeding the maximum outside diameter of the strand by 0.025 to 0.14 inch

Split sheathing must overlap at least 3/8 inch.

Waterproofing tape used to seal the ends of the sheathing must be flexible adhesive tape.
The sheathing and waterproof tape must not react with the concrete, coating, or steel.

Add to section 50-1.03B(1):

01-20-12
After seating, the maximum tensile stress in the prestressing steel must not exceed 75 percent of the
minimum ultimate tensile strength shown.

Add to section 50-1.03B(2):

09-16-11

50-1.03B(2)(e) Debonding Prestressing Strands

Where shown, debond prestressing strands by encasing the strands in plastic sheathing along the entire
length shown and sealing the ends of the sheathing with waterproof tape.
Distribute the debonded strands symmetrically about the vertical centerline of the girder. The debonded
lengths of pairs of strands must be equal.
Do not terminate debonding at any one cross section of the member for more than 40 percent of the
debonded strands or 4 strands, whichever is greater.
Thoroughly seal the ends with waterproof tape to prevent the intrusion of water or cement paste before
placing the concrete.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-59

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

51 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
08-05-11
Add to section 51-1.03E(5):
08-05-11
Drill the holes without damaging the adjacent concrete. If reinforcement is encountered during drilling
before the specified depth is attained, notify the Engineer. Unless coring through the reinforcement is
authorized, drill a new hole adjacent to the rejected hole to the depth shown.

Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 51-2.02E(1)(e) with:

08-05-11
Except for components in contact with the tires, the design loading must be the AASHTO LRFD Bridge
Design Specifications Design Truck with 100 percent dynamic load allowance. Each component in
contact with the tires must support a minimum of 80 percent of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications Design Truck with 100 percent dynamic load allowance. The tire contact area must be 10
inches measured normal to the longitudinal assembly axis by 20 inches wide. The assembly must provide
a smooth-riding joint without slapping of components or tire rumble.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

52 REINFORCEMENT
10-21-11
Replace section 52-6.02D with:
10-21-11
52-6.02D Ultimate Butt Splice Requirements
When tested under California Test 670, ultimate butt splice test samples must demonstrate necking as
either of the following:
1. For "Necking (Option I)," the test sample must rupture in the reinforcing bar outside of the affected zone and
show visible necking.
2. For "Necking (Option II)," the largest measured strain must be at least:
2.1 Six percent for no. 11 and larger bars
2.2 Nine percent for no. 10 and smaller bars

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-60

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

58 SOUND WALLS
08-05-11
Replace the 1st paragraph of section 58-2.01D(5)(a) with:
08-05-11
You must employ a special inspector and an authorized laboratory to perform Level 1 inspections and
structural tests of masonry to verify the masonry construction complies with section 1704, "Special
Inspections," and section 2105, "Quality Assurance," of the 2007 CBC.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION VII DRAINAGE

70 MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE FACILITIES
01-20-12
Replace section 70-5.02A(2) with:
01-20-12
70-5.02A(2) Plastic Flared End Sections
Plastic flared end sections must comply with ASTM D 3350.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION

72 SLOPE PROTECTION
01-20-12
Replace the row under "Class" in the table titled "Concreted-Rock Grading" in section 72-
3.02B with:
01-20-12
1/2 T 1/4 T Light Facing Cobble

Replace the row under "Rock class" in the table titled "Minimum Concrete Penetration"
in section 72-3.03E with:
01-20-12
1/2 T 1/4 T Light Facing Cobble

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-61

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

74 PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS

01-20-12
Replace the 1st sentence of the 1st paragraph in section 74-2.01D(2) with:
01-20-12
Drainage pumps must be factory certified under ANSI/HI 14.6.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION IX TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES

83 RAILINGS AND BARRIERS
10-21-11
Add to section 83-2.02D(1):
10-21-11
For a concrete barrier transition:
1. Remove portions of the existing concrete barrier where shown under section 15-3
2. Roughen the contact surface of the existing concrete barrier
3. Drill and bond dowels into the existing concrete barrier under section 51-1

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

84 TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

01-20-12
Replace the 1st paragraph in section 84-2.04 with:
01-20-12
A double extruded thermoplastic traffic stripe consisting of two 4-inch wide yellow stripes is measured as
2 traffic stripes.
A double sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripe consisting of two 4-inch wide yellow stripes is measured
as 1 traffic stripe.

Add to section 84:

01-20-12
84-6 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS WITH
ENHANCED WET NIGHT VISIBILITY
Reserved
84-784-10 RESERVED

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-62

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

86 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
01-20-12
Replace section 86-2.06 with:
01-20-12
86-2.06 PULL BOXES
86-2.06A General
86-2.06A(1) Cover Marking
Marking must be clearly defined, uniform in depth, and parallel to either the long or short sides of the
cover.
Marking letters must be 1 to 3 inches high.
Before galvanizing steel or cast iron cover, apply marking by one of the following methods:
1. Use cast iron strip at least 1/4 inch thick with letters raised a minimum of 1/16 inch. Fasten strip to cover with
1/4-inch flathead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts. Peen bolts after tightening.
2. Use sheet steel strip at least 0.027 inch thick with letters raised a minimum of 1/16 inch. Fasten strip to cover by
spot welding, tack welding, or brazing, with 1/4-inch stainless steel rivets or 1/4-inch roundhead stainless steel
machine bolts and nuts. Peen bolts after tightening.
3. Bead weld the letters on cover such that the letters are raised a minimum of 3/32 inch.

86-2.06A(2) Installation and Use

Space pull boxes no more than 200 feet apart. You may install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work.
You may use a larger standard size pull box than that shown on the plans or specified.
A pull box in ground or sidewalk area must be installed as follows:
1. Embed bottom of the pull box in crushed rock.
2. Place a layer of roofing paper on the crushed rock.
3. Place grout over the layer of roofing paper. Grout must be 0.50 to 1 inch thick and sloped toward the drain hole.
4. Make a 1-inch drain hole in the center of the pull box through the grout and roofing paper.
5. Place grout between the pull box and the pull box extension, and around conduits.

The top of the pull box must be flush with the surrounding grade or the top of an adjacent curb, except in
unpaved areas where the pull box is not immediately adjacent to and protected by a concrete foundation,
pole, or other protective construction. Place the pull box 1-1/4 inches above the surrounding grade. Where
practical, place a pull box shown in the vicinity of curbs or adjacent to a standard on the side of the
foundation facing away from traffic. If a pull box is installed in a sidewalk area, adjust the depth of the
pull box so that the top of the pull box is flush with the sidewalk.
Reconstruct the sump of an existing pull box if disturbed by your activities. Remove old grout and replace
with new if the sump was grouted.
86-2.06B Non-Traffic-Rated Pull Boxes
Reserved
86-2.06C Traffic Pull Boxes
Traffic pull box and cover must comply with ASTM C857, "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural
Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures," for HS20-44 loading. You must be

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-63

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

able to place the load anywhere on the box and cover for 1 minute without causing cracks or permanent
deformations.
Frame must be anchored to the box with 1/4 by 2-1/4 inch concrete anchors. Four concrete anchors must
be included for No. 3-1/2(T) pull box; one placed in each corner. Six concrete anchors must be included
for No. 5(T) and No. 6(T) pull boxes; one placed in each corner and one near the middle of each of the
longer sides.
Nuts must be zinc-plated carbon steel, vibration resistant, and have a wedge ramp at the root of the thread.
After installation of traffic pull box, install the steel cover and keep it bolted down when your activities
are not in progress at the pull box. When the steel cover is placed for the final time, the cover and Z bar
frame must be cleaned of debris and tightened securely.
Steel cover must be countersunk approximately 1/4 inch to accommodate the bolt head. When tightened,
the bolt head must not exceed more than 1/8 inch above the top of the cover.
Concrete placed around and under traffic pull boxes must be minor concrete.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

88 GEOSYNTHETICS
01-20-12
Replace the row for hydraulic bursting strength in the table in the 2nd paragraph of
section 88-1.02B with:
01-20-12
Puncture strength, lb ASTM
600
min D 6241

Replace the value for permittivity of woven fabric in the table in the 1st paragraph of
section 88-1.02E with:
01-20-12
0.05

Replace the value for apparent size opening of nonwoven fabric in the table in the 1st
paragraph of section 88-1.02E with:
01-20-12
0.012

Replace the table in the 1st paragraph of section 88-1.02G with:

01-20-12
Sediment Filter Bag
Values
Property Test
Woven Nonwoven
Grab breaking load, lb, 1-inch grip ASTM D 4632 200 250

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-64

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

min, in each direction

Apparent elongation, percent
ASTM D 4632 10 50
min, in each direction
Water flow rate, gal per minute/sq ft
ASTM D 4491 100-200 75-200
min and max average roll value
Permittivity, sec-1
ASTM D 4491 1.0 1.0
min
Apparent opening size, inches
ASTM D 4751 0.023 0.012
max average roll value
Ultraviolet resistance, %
min retained grab breaking load, 500 ASTM D 4355 70 70
hr.

Replace the table in the 1st paragraph of section 88-1.02H with:

01-20-12
Temporary Cover
Values
Property Test
Woven Nonwoven
Grab breaking load, lb, 1-inch grip
ASTM D 4632 200 200
min, in each direction
Apparent elongation, percent
ASTM D 4632 15 50
min, in each direction
Water flow rate, gal per minute/sq ft
ASTM D 4491 4-10 80-120
min and max average roll value
Permittivity, sec-1
ASTM D 4491 0.05 1.0
min
Apparent opening size, inches
ASTM D 4751 0.023 0.012
max average roll value
Ultraviolet resistance, % 70
ASTM D 4355 70
min retained grab breaking load, 500 hr.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

DIVISION X MATERIALS
90 CONCRETE
08-05-11
Replace the 3rd paragraph of section 90-1.01C(7) with:
08-05-11
Submit weighmaster certificates in printed form or, if authorized, in electronic media. Present electronic
media in a tab-delimited format on a CD or DVD. Captured data for the ingredients represented by each
batch must be line feed carriage return and one line separate record with sufficient fields for the specified
data.

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-65

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Replace the 3rd paragraph of section 90-3.01C(5) with:

08-05-11
Production data must be input by hand into a pre-printed form or captured and printed by the
proportioning device. Present electronic media containing recorded production data in a tab-delimited
format on a CD or DVD. Each capture of production data must be followed by a line feed carriage return
with sufficient fields for the specified data.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

92 ASPHALTS
01-20-12
Replace the row for dynamic shear for original binder in the table in the 1st paragraph of
section 92-1.02B with:
01-20-12
Dynamic shear,
Test temperature at 10
rad/s, C T 315 58 64 64 64 70
min G*/sin(delta), kPa 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
max G*/sin(delta), kPa 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

Design-Build Modifications to the Caltrans Standard Specifications 2010 Edition 4-66

Exhibit 4-A Revised Standard Specifications - Section 10 to Section 99
Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5 MODIFICATIONS TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS

5.1 General
The following non-Standard Special Provisions (nSSP) listed in this Section 5 shall be used when the
item specified is included in the work for this Project.

5.2 Draft nSSPs

The following nSSPs are in draft format and shall be edited by the Design-Builder according to the
instructions in the hidden text included in the nSSP, and the guidelines given in the Departments Ready-
To-List Guide. Once edits are complete, the nSSP shall be submitted to the Department for review and
approval.

Edits to these nSSPs within the limits of what is allowed by the hidden text instructions of the nSSP will
require up to two weeks for each review by the Department. Edits beyond what is allowed by the hidden
text instructions will require up to four weeks for each review.

The Design Builder shall bear the risk of schedule impacts associated with nSSP reviews. Once approved
for use, each approved nSSP shall follow the same process as Standard Special Provisions (SSPs) for
inclusion in RFC packages, except that written notice of approval shall accompany the nSSP.

1. Lean Concrete Base Rapid Setting

2. Hot Mix Asphalt Type A Bond Breaker
3. Hot Mix Asphalt (Type C)
4. Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement (Rapid Strength Concrete)
5. Wireless Ethernet Radio (WER)
6. Modify Fiber Optic Communication System
7. Modify Communication System Transportation Management Center (TMC)
8. Closed Circuit Television Systems

5.3 Approved nSSPs

The following nSSPs are pre-approved for use on this project and shall be edited by the Design-Builder
only according to the instruction in the hidden text included in the nSSP, and the guidelines given in the
Departments Ready-To-List Guide. These nSSPs shall follow the same process as Standard Special
Provisions (SSPs) for inclusion in RFC packages.

9. Drainage Inlet Protection

10. Flared End Section Protection
11. Drainage Outlet Protection
12. Check Dam

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

1. Lean Concrete Base Rapid Setting

{ XE "28-LCBRS_E_D11-16-11_nSSP. " }
Page 1 of 10

10-1.__ LEAN CONCRETE BASE RAPID SETTING

GENERAL
Summary
1
Lean concrete base rapid setting (LCBRS) must comply with Section 28, "Lean Concrete
Base," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

2
Definitions
final set time: Time a specific penetration resistance of 4,000 psi is achieved, determined
under ASTM C 403.
opening age: Time the concrete achieves the specified strength for opening to traffic.

Submittals
Mix Design
3
Determine the mix proportions for LCBRS and submit mix designs.
4
At least 10 days before use, submit a mix design for LCBRS that includes:

1. Opening age
2. Proposed aggregate gradation
3. Proportions of hydraulic cement and aggregate
4. Types and amounts of chemical admixtures
5. Maximum time allowed between batching and placing
6. Range of ambient temperatures over which the mix design is effective
7. Final set time
8. Test result from California Test 548 testing, if required

5
Submit more than 1 mix design to plan for ambient temperature variations anticipated during
LCBRS placement. Each mix design must have a maximum ambient temperature range of 18
F.
6
LCBRS Field Qualification

Submit field qualification data and test reports including:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

1. Mixing date
2. Mixing equipment and procedures used
3. Batch volume in cubic yards
4. Type and source of ingredients used
5. Age and strength at time of cylinder testing

Field qualification test reports must be certified with a signature by an official in responsible
charge of the laboratory performing the tests.
7
Submit strength development data for each mix design. You may use strength development
data from laboratory-prepared samples. The testing ages for strength development data must
include 1 hour before opening age, opening age, 1 hour after opening age, 24 hours, and 7 days.

8
Quality Control
Prepare compressive strength test specimens under California Test 540. Test compressive
strength specimens under California Test 521 or ASTM C 1231. Perform at least 1 test at
opening age for each 130 cubic yards placed. One test is two cylinders.

MATERIALS
Cement
9
Cement for LCBRS must comply with one of the following:

1. Cement for portland cement concrete specified in Section 90, "Portland Cement
Concrete," of the Standard Specifications except Type III cement may be used.
2. A proprietary cementitious material in compliance with the specifications for cement in
Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete," of the Standard Specifications, except:

2.1. Cementitious material must meet the definition of hydraulic cement in ASTM C
219, and the following:

Proprietary Cementitious Material

Test Description Test Method Requirement
Contraction in Air California Test 527, w/c ratio = 0.053%,
0.390.010 max.
Mortar Expansion in Water ASTM C 1038 0.04%, max.
Soluble Chloride* California Test 422 0.05%, max.
Soluble Sulfate* California Test 417 0.30%, max.
Thermal Stability California Test 553 90%, min.
Compressive Strength @ 3 ASTM C 109 2500 psi
days
*Test is to be done on a cube specimen fabricated in conformance with the requirements in ASTM
C 109, cured at least 14 days, and then pulverized so that 100% passes the No. 50 sieve.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2.2. Citric acid or borax may be used if requested in writing by the cement manufacturer
and a sample is submitted to the Engineer. Chemical admixtures, if used, must be
included when testing for requirements listed in the table above.

Aggregates
10
Aggregate for LCBRS must comply with either of the following:

1. Section 90-2.02, "Aggregates," and 90-3, "Aggregate Gradings," of the Standard

Specifications
2. Section 28-1.02, "Materials," of the Standard Specifications and the following:

2.1. The fifth paragraph of Section 28-1.02 does not apply

2.2. Perform California Test 548 except part H.
11

Field Qualification
Proposed mix proportions must be field qualified before you place concrete pavement. Use
an American Concrete Institute (ACI) certified "Concrete Laboratory Technician, Grade I" to
perform field qualification tests and calculations.
The Engineer accepts field qualification if five cylinders, for each age, made under California
Test 540 and tested under California Test 521 or under ASTM C 1231 comply with the
following:
1. At a minimum, cylinders are tested at opening age, and 7 days of age
2. At opening age no single cylinder is less than 180 psi and the average strength is at
least 200 psi
3. At 7 days age no single cylinder is less than 600 psi and the average strength is at least
725 psi

CONSTRUCTION
General
12
LCBRS must have a compressive strength of 200 psi at opening age of and 725 psi at
7 days age. LCBRS must have a compressive strength of 450 psi before placing HMA,
base, or operating equipment on it. Concrete paving activities may commence after final
set time of LCBRS. The pavement may be opened to traffic after opening age of
LCBRS.

Proportioning
13
Weighing, measuring, and metering devices used for proportioning materials must comply
with Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

14
For central batch plants, indicators for weighing and measuring systems such as over and
under dials must be grouped so that each indicator's smallest increment can be accurately read
from the control point of the proportioning operation. In addition, indicators for weighing and
measuring cement batched from a remote weighing system must be placed so that each indicator
can be accurately read from the control point of the proportioning operation.
15
Weighing equipment must be insulated from other equipment's vibration or movement.
When the plant is operating, each draft's material weight must not vary from the designated
weight by more than the specified tolerances. Each scale graduation must be 0.001 of the usable
scale capacity.
16
Aggregate must be weighed cumulatively. Equipment for weighing aggregate must have a
zero tolerance of 0.5 percent of the aggregate's designated total batch weight. Equipment for
the separate weighing of the cement must have a zero tolerance of 0.5 percent of the cement's
designated individual batch draft. Equipment for measuring water must have a zero tolerance of
0.5 percent of the water's designated weight or volume.
17
The weight indicated for any individual batch of material must not vary from the preselected
scale setting by more than:

Batch Weight Tolerances

Material Tolerance
Aggregate 1.0 percent of designated batch weight
Cement 0.5 percent of designated batch weight
Water 1.5 percent of designated batch weight or
volume

18
If you choose aggregate that complies with Section 90-2.02, "Aggregates," and 90-3,
"Aggregate Gradings," of the Standard Specifications, proportioning consists of dividing the
aggregate into the specified sizes and storing them in separate bins, and then combining the
aggregate with cement and water. Control the aggregate discharged from several bins with gates
or mechanical conveyors. The means of discharge from the bins and from the weigh hopper
must be interlocked so that no more than 1 bin can discharge at a time, and the weigh hopper
cannot be discharged until the required quantity from each of the bins has been deposited in the
weigh hopper.
19
Proportion dry ingredients by weight. Proportion liquid ingredients by weight or volume.
20
Handle and store aggregates under Section 90-5.01, "Storage of Aggregates," of the Standard
Specifications. Proportion liquid admixtures under Section 90-4.10, "Proportioning and
Dispensing Liquid Admixtures," of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

21
At the time of batching, dry and drain aggregates to a stable moisture content. Do not
proportion aggregates with visible separation of water from the aggregate during proportioning.
At the time of batching, the free moisture content of fine aggregate must not exceed 8 percent of
its saturated, surface-dry weight.
22
If the proportioning plant has separate supplies of the same size group of aggregate with
different moisture content, specific gravity, or surface characteristics affecting workability,
exhaust 1 supply before using another supply.
23
Keep cement separated from the aggregate until discharged into the mixer. When discharged
into the mixer, cement must be free of lumps and clods. Before reuse, clean fabric containers
used for transportation or proportioning of cement.
24
Weigh systems for proportioning aggregate and cement must be individual and distinct from
other weigh systems. Each weigh system must have a hopper, a lever system, and an indicator.
25. Delete Item 4 if Paras 29 through 57 are deleted (volumeric
proportioning).
For batches with a volume of 1 cubic yard or more, proportioning must comply with one of
the following methods:

1. Batch the ingredients at a central batch plant and charge them into a mixer truck for
transportation to the pour site. Proportion ingredients under Section 90-5,
"Proportioning," of the Standard Specifications.
2. Batch the ingredients except the cement at a central batch plant and charge them into a
mixer truck for transportation to a cement silo and weigh system, which must proportion
cement for charging into the mixer truck.
3. Batch ingredients except the cement at a central batch plant and charge them into a mixer
truck for transportation to a location where pre-weighed containerized cement is added to
the mixer truck. The cement pre-weighing operation must utilize a platform scale. The
platform scale must have a maximum capacity of 2.75 tons with a maximum graduation
size of 1 pound. Pre-weigh cement into a fabric container. The minimum amount of
cement to be proportioned into any single container must be 1/2 of the total amount
required for the load of LCBRS being produced.
4. Cement, water, and aggregate are proportioned volumetrically.

26
When ordered by the Engineer, determine the gross weight and tare weight of truck mixers
on scales designated by the Engineer.
27
Install and maintain in operating condition an electrically actuated moisture meter. The
meter must indicate on a readily visible scale the changes in the fine aggregate moisture content
as it is batched. The meter must have a sensitivity of 0.5 percent by weight of the fine aggregate.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

28
Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before mixing water into the concrete during hauling or
after arrival at the delivery point. If the Engineer accepts additional water be incorporated into
the concrete, the drum must revolve not less than 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water
is added and before starting discharge. Measure water added to the truck mixer at the job site
through a meter in compliance with Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," of the
Standard Specifications.

Paras 29 through 57: Delete when "Volumetric Proportioning" is not an

option on the project. Discuss with District or Headquarters Weights and
Measures Coordinator and METS, Rigid Pavement & Structural Concrete
Unit If volumetric proportioning is allowed only for a portion of the work,
edit paragraph 25 to identify those locations. For example, for project where
LCBRS is used for both new pavement and slab replacement, paragraph 25
could be edited to say You may choose to proportion LCBRS by volume
when placing underneath individual slab replacements.
Volumetric Proportioning
29
You may choose to proportion LCBRS by volume.
30
Handle and store aggregates under Section 90-5.01, "Storage of Aggregates," of the Standard
Specifications. Proportion liquid admixtures under Section 90-4.10, "Proportioning and
Dispensing Liquid Admixtures," of the Standard Specifications.
31
Batch-mixer trucks must proportion cement, water, aggregate, and additives by volume.
Aggregate feeders must be connected directly to the drive on the cement vane feeder. The
cement feed rate must be tied directly to the feed rate for the aggregate and other ingredients.
Only change the ratio of cement to aggregate by changing the gate opening for the aggregate
feed. The drive shaft of the aggregate feeder must have a revolution counter reading to the
nearest full or partial revolution of the aggregate delivery belt.
32
Proportion aggregate with a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate delineated to
the nearest quarter increment. The gate opening height must be readily determinable. Proportion
cement by any method that complies with the accuracy tolerance specifications. Proportion
water with a meter under Section 9-1.01, "Measurement and Payment," of the Standard
Specifications.
33
Calibrate the cutoff gate for each batch-mixer truck used and for each aggregate source.
Calibrate batch-mixer trucks at 3 different aggregate gate settings that are commensurate with
production needs. Perform at least 2 calibration runs for each aggregate gate.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

34
Individual aggregate delivery rate check-runs must not deviate more than 1.0 percent from
the mathematical average of all runs for the same gate and aggregate type. Each test run must be
at least 1,000 pounds.
35
At the time of batching, dry and drain aggregates to a stable moisture content. Do not
proportion aggregates with visible separation of water from the aggregate during proportioning.
At the time of batching, the free moisture content of fine aggregate must not exceed 8 percent of
its saturated, surface-dry weight.
36
If the proportioning plant has separate supplies of the same size group of aggregate with
different moisture content, specific gravity, or surface characteristics affecting workability,
exhaust 1 supply before using another supply.
37
Cover rotating and reciprocating equipment on batch-mixer trucks with metal guards.
38
Individual cement delivery rate check-runs must not deviate more than 1.0 percent of the
mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 1,000 pounds each.
39
When the water meter operates from 50 to 100 percent of production capacity, the indicated
weight of water delivered must not differ from the actual weight delivered by more than 1.5
percent for each of 2 runs of 300 gallons. Calibrate the water meter under California Test 109.
The water meter must be equipped with a resettable totalizer and display the operating rate.
40
Conduct calibration tests for aggregate, cement, and water proportioning devices with a
platform scale located at the calibration site. Platform scales for weighing test-run calibration
material must have a maximum capacity of 2.75 tons with maximum graduations of 1 pound.
Error test the platform scale within 8 hours of calibrating the batch-mixer truck proportioning
devices. Perform error-testing with test weights under California Test 109. Furnish a witness
scale that is within 2 graduations of the test weight load. The witness scale must be available for
use at the production site throughout the production period. Equipment needed for the
calibration of proportioning systems must remain available at the production site throughout the
production period.
41
The batch-mixer truck must be equipped so that accuracy checks can be made. Recalibrate
proportioning devices every 30 days after production starts or when you change the source or
type of any ingredient.
42
A spot calibration is calibration of the cement proportioning system only. Perform a 2-run
spot calibration each time 55 tons of cement passes through the batch-mixer truck. If the spot
calibration shows the cement proportioning system does not comply with the specifications,
complete a full calibration of the cement proportioning system before you resume production.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

43
Proportion liquid admixtures with a meter.
44
Locate cement storage immediately before the cement feeder. Equip the system with a
device that automatically shuts down power to the cement feeder and aggregate belt feeder when
the cement storage level is less than 20 percent of the total volume.
45
Submit aggregate moisture determinations, made under California Test 223, at least every 2
hours during proportioning and mixing operations. Record moisture determinations and submit
them at the end of each production shift.
46
Equip each aggregate bin with a device that automatically shuts down the power to the
cement feeder and the aggregate belt feeder when the aggregate discharge rate is less than 95
percent of the scheduled discharge rate.
47
Proportioning device indicators must be in working order before starting proportioning and
mixing operations and must be visible when standing near the batch-mixer truck.
48
Identifying numbers of batch-mixer trucks must be at least 3 inches in height, and be located
on the front and rear of the vehicles.
49
Mix volumetric proportioned LCBRS in a mechanically operated mixer. You may use auger-
type mixers. Operate mixers uniformly at the mixing speed recommended by the manufacturer.
Do not use mixers that have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar.
50
Do not mix more material than will permit complete mixing. Reduce the volume of material
in the mixer if complete mixing is not achieved. Continue mixing until a homogeneous mixture
is produced at discharge. Do not add water to the LCBRS after discharge.
51
Do not use equipment with components made of aluminum or magnesium alloys that may
have contact with plastic concrete during mixing or transporting of LCBRS.
52
The Engineer determines uniformity of concrete mixtures by differences in penetration
measurements made under California Test 533. Differences in penetration are determined by
comparing penetration tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer
load. The differences must not exceed 5/8 inch. Submit samples of freshly mixed concrete.
Sampling facilities must be safe, accessible, clean, and produce a sample that is representative of
production. Sampling devices and sampling methods must comply with California Test 125.
53
Do not use ice to cool LCBRS directly. If ice is used to cool water used in the mix, it must
be melted before entering the mixer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

54
When proportioning and charging cement into the mixer, prevent variance of the required
quantity by conditions such as wind or accumulation on equipment.
55
Each mixer must have metal plates that provide the following information:

1. Designed usage
2. Manufacturer's guaranteed mixed concrete volumetric capacity
3. Rotation speed

56
The device controlling the proportioning of cement, aggregate, and water must produce
production data. The production data must be captured at 15-minute intervals throughout daily
production. Each capture of production data represents production activity at that time and is not
a summation of data. The amount of material represented by each production capture is the
amount produced in the period from 7.5 minutes before to 7.5 minutes after the capture time.
The daily production data must be submitted in electronic or printed media at the end of each
production shift. The reported data must be in the order including data titles as follows:

1. Weight of cement per revolution count

2. Weight of each aggregate size per revolution count
3. Gate openings for each used aggregate size
4. Weight of water added to the concrete per revolution count
5. Moisture content of each used aggregate size
6. Individual volume of other admixtures per revolution count
7. Time of day
8. Day of week
9. Production start and stop times
10. Batch-mixer truck identification
11. Name of supplier
12. Specific type of concrete being produced
13. Source of the individual aggregate sizes
14. Source, brand, and type of cement
15. Source, brand and type of individual admixtures
16. Name and signature of operator

57
You may input production data by hand into a pre-printed form or it may be captured and
printed by the proportioning device. Present electronic media containing recorded production
data in a tab delimited format on a CD or DVD. Each capture of production data must be
followed by a line-feed carriage-return with sufficient fields for the specified data.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Placing Concrete
58
You may use metal or wood side forms. Wood side forms must not be less than 1-1/2 inches
thick.
59
Side forms must remain in place until the LCBRS edge no longer requires the protection of
forms.
60
After you deposit the LCBRS on the subgrade, consolidate it with high-frequency internal
vibrators. Consolidate adjacent to forms and across the full placement width. Place LCBRS as
nearly as possible to its final position. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of LCBRS.
61
Spread and shape LCBRS with powered finishing machines supplemented by hand finishing.
62
After you mix and place LCBRS, do not add water to the surface to facilitate finishing. Use
surface finishing additives as recommended by the manufacturer of the cement after their use is
approved by the Engineer.

Final Finishing
63. Use when lean concrete base rapid setting is used with Concrete
Pavement or Individual Slab Replacement.
The finished surface of LCBRS must not be above the grade established by the Engineer, or
more than 0.05-foot below the grade established by the Engineer.

PAYMENT
64
Lean concrete base rapid setting is measured and paid for by the cubic yard in the same
manner specified for lean concrete base in Sections 28-1.09, "Measurement," and Section 28-
1.10, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2. HOT MIX ASPHALT TYPE A - BOND BREAKER

39-058_HMA-Bond Breaker_E_D06-05-09
Page 1 of 6

Use in District 8 projects only. This specification is for HMA Type A

Bond Breaker, which is 0.10-foot in thickness for use below PCCP. Obtain
approval from the Division of Pavement Management for editing beyond the
instructions of this District SSP .
Use with amended Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt." Edit in plain
language.
Use the Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC / QA) process on
projects containing at least 10,000 tons of HMA Type A - Bond Breaker.
Use the Standard process on all projects that do not meet the criteria for
Quality Control / Quality Assurance.
For projects using the Quality Control / Quality Assurance process for
HMA Type A - Bond Breaker, include SSP 39-400, "Hot Mix Asphalt
Aggregate Lime Treatment - Slurry Method," SSP 39-450, " Hot Mix
Asphalt Aggregate Lime Treatment - Dry Lime Method," and SSP 39-500,
"Liquid Antistrip Treatment."
For projects using the Standard or Method process, the District Materials
Engineer (DME) may recommend lime treatment of aggregates in the
locations defined by the Desert AC Delegation Memo (June 1, 2001).
BEES item codes triggered by this SSP are:
39XXX Hot Mix Asphalt Type A - Bond Breaker
397005 Tack Coat
10-1.__ HOT MIX ASPHALT TYPE A - BOND BREAKER
GENERAL
Summary
1*. Fill in the construction process to be used. (i.e., Standard or Quality
Control / Quality Assurance)
This work includes producing and placing hot mix asphalt Type A - Bond Breaker using the
____________________ process.
2
HMA Type A - Bond Breaker must comply with the requirements for HMA Type A of
Section 39, Hot Mix Asphalt, of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Submittals
3. Use Paras 3 through 5 for QC / QA projects only.
Quality Control / Quality Assurance Projects
With the job mix formula (JMF) submittal, submit:

1. Mix design data for the HMA Type A prior to the 1.0 percent increase in asphalt binder
including:

1.1. California Test 204 plasticity index results

2.1. California Test 371 tensile strength ratio results for untreated HMA Type A
3.1. California Test 371 tensile strength ratio results for treated HMA Type A if
untreated HMA Type A tensile strength ratio is below 70

Quality Control and Assurance

4. Use Paras 4 and 5 for QC / QA projects only. Delete the subsection
heading if the paras are deleted.
Quality Control / Quality Assurance Projects
Determine the antistrip treatment requirement for HMA Type A Bond Breaker as follows:

1. For the mix design of HMA Type A, determine the plasticity index of the aggregate blend
under California Test 204. Choose an antistrip treatment and use the corresponding
laboratory procedure for the mix design in compliance with:

Antistrip Treatment Lab Procedures for Mix Design

Antistrip Treatment Lab
Procedure
Plasticity index from 4 to 10 a
Dry hydrated lime with marination LP-6
Lime slurry with marination LP-7
Plasticity index less than 4
Liquid LP-5
Dry hydrated lime without marination LP-6
Dry hydrated lime with marination LP-6
Lime slurry with marination LP-7
Notes:
a
If the plasticity index is greater than 10, do not use that aggregate blend.

2. For the mix design of HMA Type A and prior to the 1.0 percent increase in asphalt
binder, determine tensile strength ratio under California Test 371 on the untreated HMA
Type A. If the tensile strength ratio is less than 70:

2.1. Choose from the antistrip treatments specified based on plasticity index.
2.2. Test treated HMA Type A under California Test 371.
2.3. Treat to a minimum tensile strength ratio of 70.

3. Do not test HMA Type A Bond Breaker under California Test 371.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5
The Department does not use California Test 371 test results for JMF verification and
production to determine specification compliance for HMA Type A Bond Breaker.

6
QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
Perform sampling and testing at the specified frequency for the following quality
characteristics:

HMA Type A Bond Breaker Minimum Quality Control

Quality Characteristic Test Minimum Requirement
Method Sampling and
Testing Frequency
Aggregate gradation a CT 202 JMF Tolerance
b
1 per 750 tons
c, g
Sand equivalent (min.) CT 217 and any remaining 47
Asphalt binder content CT 379 or part JMF 0.45%
382
HMA moisture content (max.) CT 370 1 per 2500 1.0%
tons but not less
than 1 per paving
day
Percent of maximum Quality 2 per business 96%
theoretical density (minimum) d, e control plan day (min.)
Aggregate moisture content at CT 226 or
continuous mixing plants and RAP CT 370
moisture content at continuous 2 per day
--
mixing plants and batch mixing during production
f
plants

Percent of crushed particles CT 205

coarse aggregate (% min.) g
One fractured face 90
Two fractured faces 75
As necessary
Fine aggregate (% min) g
and designated in
(Passing No. 4 sieve
the QCP. At least
and retained on No. 8
once per project
sieve.) 70
One fractured face
Los Angeles Rattler (% max) g CT 211
Loss at 500 rev. 45
Notes:
a
Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in Section 39-1.02E, "Aggregate."
c
Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
d
Required if the total paved thickness is at least 0.15-foot.
e
Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for
Test Maximum Density under California Test 375, Part 5.D.
f
For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant.
g
The point and method of sampling will be agreed upon before aggregate production begins.
Perform this test before lime treatment.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

7
Apply white pigmented curing compound to the finished surface of the HMA Type A (Bond
Breaker) within 2 days of placing the portland cement concrete pavement. Pigmented curing
compound must conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 309, Type 2, Class A.
Curing compound must be applied in 2 separate applications to the area to be surfaced with
portland cement concrete pavement. Apply curing compound at the rate of 1 gallon per 150
square feet.
8
ENGINEER'S ACCEPTANCE
The Engineer samples for acceptance testing, and tests for:

HMA Type A Bond Breaker Acceptance

Quality Characteristic Test Method Requirement
a
Aggregate gradation CT 202 JMF
Tolerance b
Sand equivalent (min.) c, f CT 217 47
Asphalt binder content CT 379 or 382 JMF 0.45%
HMA moisture content (max.) CT 370 1.0%
Percent of maximum theoretical density Quality control 96%
(minimum) d, e plan
Percent of crushed particles coarse CT 205
aggregate (% min.) f 90
One fractured face 75
Two fractured faces
Fine aggregate (% min) f
(Passing No. 4 sieve and
retained on No. 8 sieve.) 70
One fractured face
Los Angeles Rattler (% max.) f CT 211
Loss at 500 rev. 45
Notes:
a
The Engineer determines combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under
Laboratory Procedure LP-9.
b
The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in Section 39-1.02E,
"Aggregate."
c
The Engineer reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
d
Required if the total paved thickness is at least 0.15-foot.
e
The Engineer determines maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the
frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375, Part 5.D.
f
. The point and method of sampling will be agreed upon before aggregate production
begins. Perform this test before lime treatment.

MATERIALS
9
Asphalt Binder
The grade of asphalt binder mixed with aggregate for HMA Type A - Bond Breaker must be
PG 64-16.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

10
Aggregate
The aggregate for HMA Type A Bond Breaker must comply with the 3/8-inch grading.

11
Asphalt Binder Content
Increase the amount of asphalt binder mixed with aggregate for HMA Type A - Bond
Breaker by 1.0 percent by weight of the dry aggregate over the optimum binder content (OBC)
determined for use in HMA Type A under California Test 367.

12
Job Mix Formula and HMA Type A Bond Breaker Evaluation
Prior to the 1.0 percent increase in asphalt binder, HMA Type A used for HMA Type A -
Bond Breaker must conform to the requirements of Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirements.
13
Verification is testing for compliance with the specifications for:

1. Aggregate quality
2. HMA quality specified in the table HMA Type A - Bond Breaker Acceptance except
percent of maximum theoretical density

CONSTRUCTION
14
Tack Coat
Apply tack coat for the HMA Type A Bond Breaker to the Lean Concrete Base at
the same rate as HMA over existing PCC pavement per Section 39-1.09.

15. Use for Standard process only. Use to require lime treatment of
aggregates when recommended by the District Materials Engineer in the
locations defined by the Desert AC Delegation Memo (June 1, 2001).
Add SSP 39-400.
Antistrip Treatment
Treat aggregate with lime slurry under "Hot Mix Asphalt Aggregate Lime
Treatment Slurry Method and use Lab Procedure LP-7 for the mix design.

PAYMENT
16
HMA Type A - Bond Breaker will be measured and paid for in the same manner specified
for HMA in conformance with the requirements of Section 39-5, "Measurement and Payment,"
of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

17
Full compensation for the additional 1 percent of asphalt binder used in HMA Type A - Bond
Breaker and for furnishing and applying white pigmented curing compound to the surface of the
HMA Type A - Bond Breaker is included in the contract price paid per ton for HMA Type A -
Bond Breaker as designated in the Engineer's Estimate and no separate payment will be made
therefor.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

3. HOT MIX ASPHALT (TYPE C)

39-728_E_D06-05-09
Page 1 of 15

Use in District 8 projects only. Obtain approval from the Division of

Pavement Management for editing beyond the instructions of this District
SSP .
Use with amended Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt." Edit in plain
language.
Use for projects that require high stability hot mix asphalt (HMA Type
C). Use with concurrence of the District Materials Engineer or the District
Pavement Engineer.
HMA Type C is intended for use where rutting is a concern including
intersections, ramps, climbing lanes, and weigh stations.
Use the following pavement thicknesses for each gradation size of HMA
Type C:
Grading Specified Total Thickness Range
1/2 - inch 0.15 foot 0.25 foot
3/4 - inch 0.25 foot and above
1 - inch 0.35 foot and above
Use the Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC / QA) process on
projects with at least 10,000 tons of HMA Type C.
Use the Method process on projects with less than 250 tons of HMA Type
C per location.
Use the Standard process on projects that do not meet the criteria for
QC / QA and Method processes.
For projects using the QC / QA process, include SSP 39-400, "Lime
Treatment of Hot Mix Asphalt Aggregate - Slurry Method," SSP 39-450,
"Lime Treatment of Hot Mix Asphalt Aggregate - Dry Lime Method," and
SSP 39-500, "Liquid Antistrip Treatment."
For projects using the Standard or Method process, the District Materials
Engineer (DME) may recommend lime treatment of aggregates in the
locations defined by the Desert AC Delegation Memo (June 1, 2001).
BEES item codes possibly triggered by this SSP are:
390129 Hot Mix Asphalt (Type C)
390135 Hot Mix Asphalt (Leveling)
397005 Tack Coat
394060 Data Core
395000 Prime Coat
Use other HMA item codes required by the plans or other SSPs (e.g.,
RHMA, OGFC, dike, rumble strips, etc.)

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

10-1.__ HOT MIX ASPHALT (TYPE C)

GENERAL
Summary
1*. Fill in the type of construction process to be used (Standard or
Quality Control / Quality Assurance).
This work includes producing and placing hot mix asphalt (HMA) Type C using the ______
process.
2
Comply with the specifications for HMA Type A under Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt," of
the Standard Specifications.

Submittals
3. Use Paras 3 through 5 for QC / QA projects only.
Quality Control / Quality Assurance Projects
With the job mix formula (JMF) submittal, submit:

1. California Test 204 plasticity index results

2. California Test 371 tensile strength ratio results for untreated HMA
3. California Test 371 tensile strength ratio results for treated HMA if untreated HMA
tensile strength ratio is below 70

4
At project start-up and once during production, submit samples split from your HMA
production sample for California Test 371 to the Engineer and the Transportation Laboratory,
Attention: Moisture Test.
5
With the JMF submittal, at project start-up, and each 5,000 tons, submit the California Test
371 test results for mix design and production to the Engineer and electronically to:

Moisture_Tests@dot.ca.gov

6. If there is no paving on the travelled way or if the length of the project

is less than 1 mile, delete Paras 6 through 10.
Data Cores
Three business days before starting coring, submit proposed methods and materials for
backfilling data core holes.
7
Submit to the Engineer and electronically to Coring@dot.ca.gov:

1. A summary of data cores taken

2. A photograph of each data core

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

8
For each data core, the summary must include:

1. Project identification number

2. Date cored
3. Core identification number
4. Type of materials recovered
5. Type and approximate thickness of unstabilized material not recovered
6. Total core thickness
7. Thickness of each individual material to within:

7.1 For recovered material, 1/2 inch

7.2 For unstabilized material, 1.0 inch

8. Location including:

8.1. County
8.2. Route
8.3. Post mile
8.4. Lane number
8.5. Lane direction
8.6. Station

9
Each data core digital photograph must include a ruler laid next to the data core. Each
photograph must include:

1. The core
2. Project identification number
3. Core identification number
4. Date cored
5. County
6. Route
7. Post mile
8. Lane number
9. Lane direction

10
After data core summary and photograph submittal, dispose of cores under Section 7-1.13,
"Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

11. Use Paras 11 through 14 for QC / QA projects only. Delete the

subsection heading, "Quality Control / Quality Assurance Projects," if the
paras are deleted.
Quality Control and Assurance
Quality Control / Quality Assurance Projects
For the mix design, determine the plasticity index of the aggregate blend under California
Test 204. Choose an antistrip treatment and use the corresponding laboratory procedure for the
mix design in compliance with:

Antistrip Treatment Lab Procedures for Mix Design

Antistrip Treatment Lab
Procedure
Plasticity index from 4 to 10 a
Dry hydrated lime with marination LP-6
Lime slurry with marination LP-7
Plasticity index less than 4
Liquid LP-5
Dry hydrated lime without marination LP-6
Dry hydrated lime with marination LP-6
Lime slurry with marination LP-7
Notes:
a
If the plasticity index is greater than 10, do not use that aggregate blend.

12
For the mix design, determine tensile strength ratio under California Test 371 on untreated
HMA. If the tensile strength ratio is less than 70:

1. Choose from the antistrip treatments specified based on plasticity index.

2. Test treated HMA under California Test 371.
3. Treat to a minimum tensile strength ratio of 70.

13
On the first production day and at least every 5,000 tons, sample HMA and test under
California Test 371.
14
The Department does not use California Test 371 test results for JMF verification and
production to determine specification compliance.
15. Use if the Standard construction process is specified, otherwise delete.
Take 3 density cores for every 250 tons of HMA Type C from random locations the Engineer
designates.
16
With the minimum quality control testing for the specified construction process, perform
sampling and testing at the specified frequency for the following quality characteristics:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Minimum Quality Control

Test Minimum Sampling and
Quality Characteristic Requirement
Method Testing Frequency
Asphalt binder content (%) CT 379 or 1 per 750 tons and any JMF 0.40
382 remaining part
Stabilometer Value a, b (min.) CT 366 37 c
1 per 4,000 tons or 1 per 2 (Modified) 35 d
Air voids content (%) a, e CT 367 business days, whichever is more Design 2

Percent of crushed particles f CT 205

Coarse aggregate (% min.)
Two fractured faces 95
Fine aggregate (Passing No. 4
sieve and retained on No. 8 sieve) (% 1 per 5,000 tons or 1 per 5
min) business days, whichever is more 90
One fractured face
Fine aggregate angularity f, g (% AASHTO 45
min.) T 304
Method A
Los Angeles Rattler f CT 211
Loss at 100 rev. (% max.) As necessary and designated 12
Loss at 500 rev. (% max.) in the QCP. At least once per 40
Flat and elongated particles f ASTM D project
(% max. by weight @ 5:1) 4791 10
Design air void content 4.0 5.0
Percent of maximum theoretical CT 375 1 per 750 tons or any single
density (%) h, i, j location, whichever is less 92 91
97 96
Voids in mineral aggregate (% LP-2
min.) 14 15
1/2" grading 13 14
3/4" grading
1" grading k 12 13
with NMAS = 1" 13 14
with NMAS = 3/4" 1 per 4,000 tons or 1 per 2
Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3 business days, whichever is more
1/2" grading 65 - 60 -
3/4" grading 75 70
1" grading 65 - 60 -
75 70
65 - 60 -
75 70
Dust proportion l (P200/Pbe) LP-4 1 per 4,000 tons or 1 per 2 0.6 0.6
business days, whichever is more 1.3 1.3
(Report Only)
Notes:
a
Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
b
If the stability range is more than 12 points, prepare and test new briquettes.
c
Follow CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction temperature; cool specimens
to 140 F; apply 12,600 lb. leveling load; and perform stabilometer test at 140 F.
d
Modify CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction temperature; cool specimens
to 140 F; apply additional 500 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 140 F compaction temperature; apply 12,600
lb. leveling load; and perform stabilometer test at 140 F.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

 Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

e
Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under CT 308, Method A. Determine
theoretical maximum specific gravity under CT 309. Calculate the air voids content of each specimen using CT 309
and LP 1. Modify CT 367, Paragraph C5, to use the design air voids content specified under "Hot Mix Asphalt
Type C Mixture."
f
Aggregate must comply with the quality specifications before it is treated with lime. During lime treatment
except for dry lime on damp aggregate treatment at continuous mixing plants, sample coarse and fine aggregate
from individual stockpiles. Combine aggregate in the JMF proportions. Prepare and test 3 samples from a single
split sample for aggregate quality at the frequency specified during lime treatment and report test results as the
average of the 3 tests.
g
Void if HMA contains less than 10 percent of nonmanufactured sand by weight of total aggregate.
Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
h
Required if the specified paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot.
i
Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum
Density under California Test 375, Part 5.D.
j
For Standard process, take and average 3 cores per 250 tons of HMA placed
k
Minimum VMA dependent upon NMAS of JMF. NMAS is defined as one sieve size larger than the first
sieve to retain more than 10 percent.
l
Asphalt content based on dry weight of aggregate .

17
With the acceptance testing for the specified construction process, the Engineer samples and
tests the following quality characteristics:

HMA Type C Acceptance

Quality Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Asphalt binder content (%) CT 379 or 382 JMF 0.40
Stabilometer Value a, b, (min.) CT 366 37 c
(Modified) 35 d
Air voids content (%) a, e CT 367 Design 2
Percent of crushed particles f CT 205
Coarse aggregate (% min.)
Two fractured faces 95
Fine aggregate (Passing No. 4 sieve
and retained on No. 8 sieve) (% min)
One fractured face 90
Fine aggregate angularity f, g (% min.) AASHTO T 304 45
Method A
Los Angeles Rattler f CT 211
Loss at 100 rev. (% max.) 12
Loss at 500 rev. (% max.) 40
Flat and elongated particles f ASTM D 4791
(% max. by weight @ 5:1) 10
Design air void content 4.0 5.0
Percent of maximum theoretical density (%) h, CT 375 92 91 96
i, j
97
Voids in mineral aggregate (% min.) LP-2
1/2" grading 14 15
3/4" grading 13 14
1" grading k
with NMAS = 1" 12 13
with NMAS = 3/4" 13 14

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3

1/2" grading 65 - 60 - 70
3/4" grading 75 60 - 70
1" grading 65 - 60 - 70
75
65 -
75
Dust proportion l(P200/Pbe) LP-4 0.6 1.3
Report Only
Notes:
a
The Engineer reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample.
b
If the stability range is more than 12 points, the Engineer prepares and tests new briquettes.
c
The Engineer follows CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction
temperature; cool specimens to 140 F; apply 12,600 lb. leveling load; and perform stabilometer test at
140 F.
d
Modify CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction temperature; cool
specimens to 140 F; apply additional 500 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 140 F compaction
temperature; apply 12,600 lb. leveling load; and perform stabilometer test at 140 F.
e
The Engineer determines the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under CT 308,
Method A. The Engineer determines theoretical maximum specific gravity under CT 309. The Engineer
calculates the air voids content of each specimen using CT 309 and LP 1. The Engineer modifies CT 367,
Paragraph C5, to use the design air voids content specified under "Hot Mix Asphalt Type C Mixture."
f
Aggregate must comply with the quality specifications before it is treated with lime. During lime
treatment, except for dry lime on damp aggregate treatment at continuous mixing plants; the Engineer
samples coarse and fine aggregate from individual stockpiles, combines aggregate in the JMF proportions,
and prepares and tests 3 samples from a single split sample for aggregate quality at the frequency specified
during lime treatment and report test results as the average of the 3 tests.
g
Void if HMA contains less than 10 percent of nonmanufactured sand by weight of total aggregate.
Manufactured sand is fine aggregate produced by crushing rock or gravel.
h
Required if the specified paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot.
i
Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test
Maximum Density under California Test 375, Part 5.D.
j
For Standard process, take and average 3 cores per 250 tons of HMA placed.
k
Minimum VMA dependent upon NMAS of JMF. NMAS is defined as one sieve size larger than the
first sieve to retain more than 10 percent.
l
Asphalt content based on dry weight of aggregate.

18
The Engineer tests the 3 density cores you take from each 250 tons of HMA production. The
Engineer determines the percent of maximum theoretical density for each density core by
determining the density core's density and dividing by the maximum theoretical density. The
Engineer determines the percent of maximum theoretical density for each 250 tons of HMA
production by determining the average of the 3 density cores.
19
If the specified total paved thickness is at least 0.15 foot and any layer is less than 0.15 foot,
the Engineer determines the percent of maximum theoretical density from density cores taken
from the final layer measured the full depth of the total paved HMA.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

20. Use if the Standard construction process is specified and air voids
content is 4%. Delete para 21 if using this para.
For each 250 tons of HMA production, the Engineer determines a deduction for percent of
maximum theoretical density for each average of 3 density cores if it is outside the
specifications, as follows:

Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density

HMA Type C HMA Type C
Percent of Percent of
Maximum Theoretical Reduced Maximum Theoretical Reduced
Density Payment Factor Density Payment Factor
92.0 0.0000 97.0 0.0000
91.9 0.0125 97.1 0.0125
91.8 0.0250 97.2 0.0250
91.7 0.0375 97.3 0.0375
91.6 0.0500 97.4 0.0500
91.5 0.0625 97.5 0.0625
91.4 0.0750 97.6 0.0750
91.3 0.0875 97.7 0.0875
91.2 0.1000 97.8 0.1000
91.1 0.1125 97.9 0.1125
91.0 0.1250 98.0 0.1250
90.9 0.1375 98.1 0.1375
90.8 0.1500 98.2 0.1500
90.7 0.1625 98.3 0.1625
90.6 0.1750 98.4 0.1750
90.5 0.1875 98.5 0.1875
90.4 0.2000 98.6 0.2000
90.3 0.2125 98.7 0.2125
90.2 0.2250 98.8 0.2250
90.1 0.2375 98.9 0.2375
90.0 0.2500 99.0 0.2500
< 90.0 Remove and Remove and
Replace > 99.0 Replace

21. Use if the Standard construction process is specified and air voids
content is 5%. Delete para 20 if using this para.
For each 250 tons of HMA production, the Engineer determines a deduction for percent of
maximum theoretical density for each average of 3 density cores if it is outside the
specifications, as follows:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density

HMA Type A Reduced HMA Type A Reduced
and B and RHMA-G Payment Factor and B and RHMA-G Payment Factor
Percent of Maximum Percent of Maximum
Theoretical Density Theoretical Density
91.0 0.0000 96.0 0.0000
90.9 0.0125 96.1 0.0125
90.8 0.0250 96.2 0.0250
90.7 0.0375 96.3 0.0375
90.6 0.0500 96.4 0.0500
90.5 0.0625 96.5 0.0625
90.4 0.0750 96.6 0.0750
90.3 0.0875 96.7 0.0875
90.2 0.1000 96.8 0.1000
90.1 0.1125 96.9 0.1125
90.0 0.1250 97.0 0.1250
89.9 0.1375 97.1 0.1375
89.8 0.1500 97.2 0.1500
89.7 0.1625 97.3 0.1625
89.6 0.1750 97.4 0.1750
89.5 0.1875 97.5 0.1875
89.4 0.2000 97.6 0.2000
89.3 0.2125 97.7 0.2125
89.2 0.2250 97.8 0.2250
89.1 0.2375 97.9 0.2375
89.0 0.2500 98.0 0.2500
< 89.0 Remove and Remove and
Replace > 98.0 Replace

22. Use if chain wear may be a concern.

HMA must comply with the following quality requirement when mixed with the
asphalt used on the project in the amount determined to be optimum by California Test
367:

Quality Test Requirement

Characteristic
Surface Abrasion CT 360 Loss not to exceed 0.4
g/cm2

MATERIALS
Asphalt Binder
23*. Fill in the asphalt binder grade (use only PG 64-28 PM, PG 70-10, or
PG 76-22 PM). Consult with the District Materials Engineer.
The grade of asphalt binder mixed with aggregate for HMA Type C must be ___________.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Aggregate
24*. Use the following table to determine the grading.
Specified Total Thickness Range Gradi
ng
0.15 foot 0.25 foot 1/2 -
inch
0.25 foot and above 3/4 -
inch
0.35 foot and above 1 -
inch

The aggregate for HMA Type C must comply with the __________ grading.
25
Choose a sieve size target value (TV) within each target value limit presented in the
following table:

Aggregate Gradation
(Percentage Passing)
HMA Type C

1inch HMA Type C

Sieve Sizes Target Value Limits Allowable Tolerance
1" 100
3/4" 88 - 93 TV 5
1/2" 72 - 85 TV 6
3/8 55 - 70 TV 6
No. 4 35 - 52 TV 7
No. 8 22 - 40 TV 5
No. 30 8 - 24 TV 4
No. 50 5 - 18 TV 4
No. 200 3-7 TV 2

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

3/4inch HMA Type C

Sieve Sizes Target Value Limits Allowable Tolerance
1" 100
3/4" 90 - 95 TV 5
1/2" 60 - 75 TV 6
No. 4 35 - 52 TV 7
No. 8 22 36 TV 5
No. 30 8 - 18 TV 4
No. 200 3-7 TV 2

1/2inch HMA Type C

Sieve Sizes Target Value Limits Allowable Tolerance
3/4" 100
1/2" 90 - 98 TV 6
3/8" 64 - 84 TV 6
No. 4 42 - 57 TV 7
No. 8 29 - 39 TV 5
No. 30 13 - 19 TV 4
No. 200 3-7 TV 2

26
Before the addition of asphalt binder and lime treatment, aggregate must comply with:

Aggregate Quality
Quality Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Percent of crushed particles a CT 205
Coarse aggregate (% min.)
Two fractured faces 95
Fine aggregate (% min)
(Passing No. 4 sieve and retained on No. 8 sieve.)
One fractured face 90
Los Angeles Rattler (% Max.) a CT 211
Loss at 100 rev. 12
Loss at 500 rev. 40
Sand equivalent a, b (min.) CT 217 47
Fine aggregate angularity (% min.) a, AASHTO T 304 45
Method A
Flat and elongated particles (% max. by weight @ ASTM D 4791 10
5:1) a
Note:
a
During lime treatment except for dry lime on damp aggregate treatment at continuous mixing plants, sample coarse and
fine aggregate from individual stockpiles. Combine aggregate in the JMF proportions.
b
Reported value must be the average of 3 tests from a single sample.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Hot Mix Asphalt Type C Mixture

27*. Insert the percent air voids. Determine percent air voids based on
the following table:
Location Mount Valley Coast Desert
ain
Traveled way & Shoulders 4.0 5.0 4.0 5.0
Intersections and ramp 4.0 5.0 4.0 5.0
termini

During mix design, determine the optimum binder content (OBC) at ___ percent air voids
content.
28
Determine the proposed JMF from a mix design that complies with:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-12

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirements

Test
Method or Lab
Quality Characteristic Procedure Requirement
Design air voids content (%) 4.0 5.0
Air voids content a (%) CT 367 4.0 5.0
Voids in mineral aggregate (% min.) b LP-2
1/2" grading 14.0 15.0
3/4" grading 13.0 14.0
1" grading
with NMAS = 1" 12 13
with NMAS = 3/4" 13 14
Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3
1/2" grading 65.0 60.0
3/4" grading 75.0 70.0
1" grading 65.0 60.0
75.0 70.0
65.0 60.0
75.0 70.0
Dust proportion c (P200/Pbe) LP-4 0.6 1.3 0.6 1.3
Stabilometer value (min.) d CT 366 37 e 37 e
(Modified) (Modified)
35 f 35 f
Notes:
a
Calculate the air voids content of each specimen using CT 309 and LP-1. Modify CT 367,
Paragraph C5, to use the exact air voids content specified in the selection of OBC.
b
Minimum VMA is dependent upon NMAS of JMF. NMAS is defined as one sieve size larger
than the first sieve to retain more than 10 percent.
c
Asphalt content based on dry weight of aggregate
d
Modify CT 304, Part 2.B.2.c: "After compaction in the compactor, cool to 140 5 F by
allowing the briquettes to cool at room temperature for 0.5-hour, then place the briquettes in the oven
at 140 F for a minimum of 2 hours and not more than 3 hours."
e
Follow CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction temperature;
cool specimens to 140 F; apply 12,600 lb leveling load; and perform stabilometer test at 140 F.
f
Modify CT 366: 150 tamps at 500 psi tamping pressure and 230 F compaction temperature;
cool specimens to 140 F; apply additional 500 tamps at 500 psi; apply 12,600 lb leveling load; and
perform stabilometer test at 140 F.

29*. For Standard and Method process, use to require lime treatment of
aggregates when recommended by the District Materials Engineer in the
locations defined by the Desert AC Delegation (June 1, 2001).
Add SSP 39-400.
Antistrip Treatment
Treat aggregate with lime slurry under "Hot Mix Asphalt Aggregate Lime Treatment Slurry
Method and use Lab Procedure LP-7 for the mix design.

CONSTRUCTION
30. Use for 1/2 inch aggregate gradation
Pave HMA Type C in maximum 0.25-foot thick compacted layers.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-13

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

31. Use for 3/4- inch aggregate gradation

Pave HMA Type C in maximum 0.35-foot thick compacted layers.
32. Use for 1- inch aggregate gradation
Pave HMA Type C in maximum 0.45-foot thick compacted layers.

Paras 33 through 42 are miscellaneous clauses for HMA Type C projects.

Delete paragraphs that do not apply. Delete Subheadings when appropriate.
33. Use when rumble strips are shown on the plans. Include SSP 39-350
if using this para.
Rumble Strips
Construct rumble strips in the top layer of new HMA surfacing.

Vertical Joints
34. Use on 2-lane highways where the thickness of HMA is 0.15 foot or
less and the vertical joint between lanes is to be kept to a minimum. Do not
use this para with Para 37.
If you perform half-width paving, at the end of each day's work the distance between the
ends of adjacent surfaced lanes must not be greater than can be completed in the following day
of normal paving.
35. Use when shoulders or median borders are to be paved.
Before opening the lane to traffic, pave shoulders and median borders adjacent to a lane
being paved.
36. Use on projects or portions of projects with HMA Type C surfacing
thicker than 0.15 foot. Delete this para if Para 37 is used.
Do not leave a vertical joint more than 0.15 foot high between adjacent lanes open to public
traffic.
37. Use if a vertical joint is not allowed between lanes open to traffic,
regardless of thickness.
Place HMA Type C on adjacent traveled way lanes so that at the end of each work shift, the
distance between the ends of HMA Type C layers on adjacent lanes is between 5 feet and 10
feet. Place additional HMA Type C along the transverse edge at each lane's end and along the
exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes. Hand rake and compact the additional HMA
Type C to form temporary conforms. You may place kraft paper or another approved bond
breaker under the conform tapers to facilitate the taper removal when paving operations resume.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-14

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Widening
38. Use for widening if the new pavement structure is to be placed to the
elevation of the existing surfacing for the entire length of the project before
placing the uppermost layer of HMA Type C. If a surface type other than
HMA Type C is to be placed on the existing pavement, edit "HMA Type C"
to match the type. Delete "on both sides of the existing pavement," if
widening is only on one side.
If widening existing pavement, construct the new pavement structure on both sides of the
existing pavement to match the elevation of the existing pavement edge for the entire pavement
length before placing HMA Type C over the existing pavement.
39. Use when widening is not continuous for the entire length of the
project, and the new pavement structure is to be constructed to the elevation
of the existing surfacing at each location of the widening before placing the
uppermost layer of HMA Type C at each location. If a surface type other
than HMA Type C is to be placed on the existing pavement, edit "HMA Type
C" to match the type. Delete "on both sides of the existing pavement," if
widening is only on one side.
If widening existing pavement, construct the new pavement structure on both sides of the
existing pavement to match the elevation of the existing pavement's edge at each location before
placing HMA Type C over the existing pavement.
40*. Use when the pavement structure is to be constructed to the
elevation of the existing surfacing for the specified lengths before placing the
uppermost layer of HMA Type C at each location. If a surface type other
than HMA Type C is to be placed on the existing pavement, edit "HMA Type
C" to match the surface type. Fill in the increment. Delete "on both sides of
the existing pavement," if widening is only on one side.
If widening existing pavement, construct new pavement structure on both sides of the
existing pavement to match the elevation of the existing pavement's edge in increments of at
least _____ feet before placing HMA Type C over the existing pavement.

Conform Tapers
41. Use when conform tapers are used in place of paving shoulders
and/or median shoulders.
Place shoulder conform tapers concurrently with the adjacent lane's paving.
42. DO NOT use for paving driveways and road connections. This
paragraph covers the short conform taper at the edge of pavement.
Place additional HMA Type C along the pavement's edge to conform to road connections and
private drives. Hand rake, if necessary, and compact the additional HMA Type C to form a
smooth conform taper.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-15

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

43. If there is no paving on the travelled way or if the length of the

project is less than 1 mile, delete Paras 43 through 47.
Data Cores
Take data cores that include the completed HMA pavement, underlying base, and subbase
material. Protect data cores and surrounding pavement from damage.
44
Take 4-inch or 6-inch diameter data cores:

1. At the beginning, end, and every 1/2 mile within the paving limits of each route on the
project
2. After all paving is complete
3. From the center of the specified lane

45
On a 2-lane roadway, take data cores from either lane. On a 4-lane roadway, take data cores
from each direction in the outermost lane. On a roadway with more than 4 lanes, take data cores
from the median lane and the outermost lane in each direction.
46
Each core must include the stabilized materials encountered. You may choose not to recover
unstabilized material but you must identify the material. Unstabilized material includes:

1. Granular material
2. Crumbled or cracked stabilized material
3. Sandy or clayey soil

PAYMENT
47
The contract lump sum price paid for data core includes full compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in data
coring, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and
these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-16

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

4. JOINTED PLAIN CONCRETE PAVEMENT (RAPID STRENGTH CONCRETE)

New nSSP Approved for use on EA XXXXXX by XXXXXX on XXXXX

40-JPCPRSC_ N12-22-11_nSSP
Page 1 of 25

Edit in plain language.

This nSSP requires written approval from HQ Pavement Program, Office
of Concrete Pavement and Pavement Foundations to use. Include drawings
indicating where and how this spec will be used including title sheet, typical
sections, layouts, construction details, quantity and any other sheets where
details for this product are found. Please limit edits to those in the
instructions. Additional edits will require substantiation as to why they are
necessary and may require providing documentation to demonstrate that
because of claims, special conditions, or other reasons modified language is
necessary. Please plan on 2 weeks for review if spec is only edited as per
contained instructions and at least 4 weeks if additional edits are made.
Use for new construction and/or lane replacement of jointed plain
concrete pavement with rapid strength concrete. Do not use this nSSP for
slab replacement. Slab replacement is defined as replacing individual
concrete slabs within an existing concrete pavement to the same thickness as
existing. Lane replacement and new construction involves placing concrete
pavement within defined limits (e.g. between bridges, ramp termini, bridge
approaches, etc.) and must meet the design standards and traffic loads for
new construction of pavements as defined in the Highway Design Manual
Chapter 610 and 620. Provide station limits on the plans where new
construction and/or lane replacement with rapid strength concrete will be
used.
Provide adequate number of working days to cover the time required for
the Contractor to determine concrete mix proportions as specified in Section
40 of the Standard Specifications. Factor in the delayed start time if using
SSP S4-003 (used for projects over $5 million and 200 working days under a
2-year pilot program). METS - Rigid Pavement & Structural Concrete Unit
estimates 90 days is required before starting concrete pavement work.
District Materials Engineer and District Maintenance should recommend
a joint seal type. Select one joint seal type from silicone, asphalt rubber, or
compression seal.
Include dowel bars, tie bars and baskets in SSP S5-250 for partial
payment of materials on hand.
Use BEES Item Codes:
401050A Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement (Rapid Strength Concrete)
401050B Jointed Plain Concrete Pavement (Ramp Termini with Rapid
Strength Concrete) if ramp termini are part of the project.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

404092 Seal Pavement Joint

404093 Seal Isolation Joint
For lane replacement, include specifications and separate bid items to
remove existing pavement and base. If replacing or removing existing
concrete pavement, include specifications and item codes for Remove
Concrete Pavement and Roadway Excavation as needed.
Include SSP 40-026 for JITT if recommended by District Construction.
If adding a lane or shoulder, include spall repair as a first order of work
paid for with a separate item. Include SSPs 42-050 (pavement grinding) and
41-150 or 41-151 for spall repairs.
Add SSPs S8-C16 (Quality Control Program) if the Engineer's Estimate
includes 2,000 cubic yards or more of concrete pavement.
Add SSPs 40-200 or 40-210 and BEES item codes as applicable for
shoulder rumble strips.
Include applicable Standard Plans P1 through P46.

10-1.__ JOINTED PLAIN CONCRETE PAVEMENT (RAPID

STRENGTH CONCRETE)
GENERAL
Summary
This work includes constructing jointed plain concrete pavement (JPCP) with rapid strength
concrete (RSC).
2
Comply with Section 40, "Concrete Pavement," of the Standard Specifications.

3
Definitions
early age: Time less than 10 times the concrete's final set time.
final set time: Time a specific penetration resistance of 4,000 psi is achieved, determined
under ASTM C 403.
opening age: Time the concrete achieves the specified strength for opening to traffic.
transverse crack: A crack running from one longitudinal edge of the panel to the other.

Submittals
4.
Submit AASHTO T 336 coefficient of thermal expansion test results to the Engineer and at
the website http://169.237.179.13/cte/.
5. Delete if Paras 28 through 38 are deleted.
For rejected test strips, submit a plan for changed materials, methods, or equipment before
constructing additional test strips.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Quality Control and Assurance

General
6. Include if concrete shoulders will be used as a future traffic lane.
Perform profilograph testing on concrete shoulders. Testing and test results must comply
with the specifications for concrete pavement smoothness, profilograph test procedure, and
corrective action for traffic lanes.

Prepaving Conference
7
Meet with the Engineer at a prepaving conference at a mutually agreed time and place.
Discuss methods of performing the production and paving work.
8
Prepaving conference attendees must sign an attendance sheet provided by the Engineer. The
prepaving conference must be attended by your:

1. Project superintendent
2. Quality control manager
3. Paving construction foreman
4. Subcontractor's workers including:

4.1. Foremen
4.2. Concrete plant manager
4.3. Concrete plant operator
4.4. Personnel performing saw cutting and joint sealing

9. Delete "including test strips" if Paras 28 through 38 are deleted.

Do not start paving activities including test strips until the listed personnel have attended a
prepaving conference.

Mix Design
10
At least 10 days before use, submit a mix design for RSC that includes:

1. Opening age
2. Proposed aggregate gradation
3. Proportions of hydraulic cement and aggregate
4. Types and amounts of chemical admixtures
5. Maximum time allowed between batching and placing
6. Range of ambient temperatures over which the mix design is effective
7. Final set time
8. Any special instructions or conditions such as water temperature requirements

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

11
Submit more than 1 mix design to plan for ambient temperature variations anticipated during
RSC placement. Each mix design must have a maximum ambient temperature range of 18 F.
12
Submit modulus of rupture development data for each mix design. You may use modulus of
rupture development data from laboratory-prepared samples. The testing ages for modulus of
rupture development data must include 1 hour before opening age, opening age, one hour after
opening age, 24 hours, 7 days, and 28 days.
12a
During concrete mix design, perform coefficient of thermal expansion testing under
AASHTO T 336 from trial mixture samples. Provide a split test sample to METS. If changing
an aggregate supply source or the mix properties or proportions, perform coefficient of thermal
expansion testing for the new concrete mix.

Calibration Testing Certificates of Compliance

13
Submit a Certificate of Compliance under Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of
the Standard Specifications with each delivery of aggregate, cement, and admixtures to be used
for calibration tests. Submit certified copies of the weight of each delivery. The Certificate of
Compliance must state the source of materials used for the calibration tests is from the same
source to be used in the work. The Certificate of Compliance must be signed by your authorized
representative.

Cement and Admixtures

14. Do not edit the number of days without approval from district
materials laboratory and METS, Office of Structural Materials.
At least 45 days before intended use, submit a sample of cement from each proposed lot and
samples of proposed admixtures in the quantities ordered by the Engineer.
15
During RSC pavement operations, submit uniformity reports for hydraulic cement at least
once every 30 days to the Transportation Laboratory, Attention: Cement Laboratory.
Uniformity reports must comply with ASTM C 917, except testing age and water content may be
modified to suit the particular material.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Paras 16 through 60: Include if the quantity of JPCP (RSC) is 300

cubic yards.
Quality Control Program
General
16
Establish a quality control program. The quality control program assures the Engineer that
methods and procedures are in place to produce and place RSC in compliance with the
specifications.
17
If the quality control program is not implemented and followed, the Engineer orders RSC
work stopped.

Quality Control Managers

18
For the project, designate a lead QCM and assistant QCMs.
19
The lead QCM administers the quality control plan (QCP). The lead QCM must hold current
American Concrete Institute (ACI) certification as "Concrete Field Testing Technician-Grade I"
and "Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician-Grade II." Assistant QCMs must hold current
ACI certification as "Concrete Field Testing Technician-Grade I" and either "Concrete
Laboratory Testing Technician-Grade I" or "Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician-Grade II."
20 If paragraphs 39 and 40 are used in lieu of paragraphs 28 through 38,
edit to say trial slab instead of test strip
The QCM responsible for the production period involved must review and sign the sampling,
inspection, and test reports before submittal to the Engineer. At least 1 QCM must be present
for:

1. Each stage of mix design

2. Test strip construction
3. Production and construction of RSC
4. Meetings with the Engineer relating to production, placement, or testing.

21
A QCM must not be a member of this project's production or paving crews, an inspector, or a
tester. A QCM must have no duties during the production and placement of RSC except those
specified.

Quality Control Plan

22
The QCP describes the procedures you will use to control the production process including:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

1. Determining if changes to the production process are needed

2. Procedures for proposing changes
3. Procedures for implementing changes

23 If paragraphs 39 and 40 are used in lieu of paragraphs 28 through 38,

edit to say trial slab instead of test strip
Do not start RSC work until the QCP has been accepted by the Engineer. The Engineer
accepts the QCP based the inclusion and adequacy of:

1. The names and qualifications of the lead Quality Control Manager (QCM) and assistant
QCMs.
2. An outline procedure for the placement and testing of test strips
3. An outline procedure for the production, transportation, and placement of RSC
4. An outline procedure for sampling and testing to be performed during and after RSC
construction
5. A contingency plan for correcting problems in production, transportation, or placement.
Include the quantity and location of standby material in your contingency plan.
6. Provisions for determining if RSC placement must be suspended and temporary roadway
pavement structure constructed
7. Forms to report inspection, sampling, and testing
8. The location of your quality control testing laboratory and testing equipment during and
after paving operations
9. A list of the testing equipment to be used including date of last calibration
10. The names and certifications of quality control personnel including those performing
sampling and testing

24
At the time of QCP submission, the Department qualifies the quality control samplers and
testers through the Independent Assurance Program (IAP) for the sampling and testing they
perform.

Quality Control Inspection, Sampling, and Testing

25
Perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection throughout RSC production and
placement. Before any sampling and testing, give the Engineer at least 2 business days notice.
Give the Engineer unrestricted access to your quality control inspectors, samplers, testers, and
laboratories. Submit testing results within 15 minutes of testing completion. Record inspection,
sampling, and testing on the forms accepted with the QCP and submit them within 48 hours of
completion of each paving shift and within 24 hours of 7-day modulus of rupture tests.
26
Provide a testing laboratory to perform quality control tests. Maintain sampling and testing
equipment in proper working condition. Perform sampling under California Test 125.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

27
Testing laboratories and testing equipment must comply with the Department's Independent
Assurance Program.

Delete Paras 28 through 38 if there is less than 2,000 cubic yards of

jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid strength concrete) or no segment that
is at least 700 feet in length on the project and delete the heading.
Test Strips
28
The first paving activity must be to construct a test strip:

1. 700 to 1,000 feet long

2. Same width as the planned paving
3. With the same equipment used for the planned paving

29
The Engineer evaluates the test strip for compliance with the specifications for Engineer's
acceptance.
30
The Engineer selects from 6 to 12 core locations for dowel bars and up to 6 locations for tie
bars per test strip.
31
If you use mechanical dowel bar inserters, the test strip must demonstrate they do not leave
voids, segregations, or surface irregularities such as depressions, dips, or high areas.
32
Allow the Engineer 3 days to evaluate the test strip for:

1. Smoothness
2. Dowel bar and tie bar alignment
3. Thickness
4. Final finishing except coefficient of friction

33
During the 3-day evaluation, the Engineer rejects a test strip if:

1. Surface varies more than 0.02 foot from a 12-foot straightedge's lower edge
2. Wheel path's individual high points are greater than 0.025 foot in 25 feet
3. Dowel bars do not comply with specified placement tolerances
4. Concrete pavement thickness deficiency is greater than 0.05 foot
5. Final finishing does not comply with the specifications except coefficient of friction

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

34
Remove the test strip if the Engineer rejects it for noncompliance with the specifications for
dowel bar alignment or thickness. Dispose of rejected test strip material under Section 7-1.13,
"Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.
35
If the Engineer rejects the test strip for noncompliance with the smoothness or final finishing
specifications except coefficient of friction, you may grind the test strip into compliance if you
intend to leave it as part of the paving.
36
If the Engineer does not reject the test strip during the 3-day evaluation, you may begin
production paving while the Engineer continues to evaluate the test strip for compliance with the
other specifications. If the Engineer rejects the test strip for noncompliance with the other
specifications, stop production paving until you construct a test strip the Engineer accepts.
37
Construct additional test strips until the Engineer accepts one.
38
Construct additional test strips if:

1. You propose different paving equipment including:

1.1. Batch plant

1.2. Paver
1.3. Dowel bar inserter
1.4. Tie bar inserter
1.5. Tining
1.6. Curing equipment

2. You change concrete mix proportions

Paras 39 through 40: Delete when paragraphs 28 through 38 are used.

Trial Slabs
39
Before starting work on RSC, complete one trial slab for each rapid strength concrete mix
design. Trial slabs demonstrate that you are capable of producing replacement concrete
pavement in compliance with the specifications within the specified time periods including
delivery, placement, finishing, and curing times, and under similar atmospheric and temperature
conditions expected during replacement operations.
40
The trial slab must be at least 10' x 20'. The trial slab thickness must be at least 10 inches.
Place trial slabs near the job site at a mutually-agreed location that is neither on the roadway nor
within the project limits.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

If paragraphs 39 and 40 are used in lieu of paragraphs 28 through 38,

edit paragraphs 41 through 47 to say trial slab instead of test strip
41.
During test strip construction, sample and split the aggregate for gradings, cleanness value,
and sand equivalent testing.
42.
Test strip must comply with the QCP for RSC production and placement. The QCP must
detail your intended:

1. Locations and times

2. Production procedures
3. Placement and finishing methods
4. Sampling methods, sample curing, and sample transportation
5. Testing and test result reporting

43
Within 20 minutes after rapid strength concrete delivery for test strips, fabricate test beams
under California Test 524. Use beams to determine early age and 7-day modulus of rupture
values.
44
Cure beams fabricated for early age testing so that the monitored temperatures in the beams
and the test strip are always within 5 F. Monitor and record the internal temperatures of test
strip and early age beams at intervals of at least 5 minutes. Install thermocouples or thermistors
connected to strip-chart recorders or digital data loggers to monitor the temperatures.
Temperature recording devices must be accurate to within 2 F. Measure internal temperatures
at 1 inch from the top, 1 inch from the bottom, and no closer than 3 inches from any edge until
early age testing is completed.
45
Cure beams fabricated for 7-day testing under California Test 524 except place them into
sand at a time that is from 5 to 10 times the final set time, or 24 hours, whichever is earlier.
46
Test strip must have an early age modulus of rupture of not less than 400 psi and a 7-day
modulus of rupture of not less than 600 psi.
47
Dispose of test strip and test specimens for test strip under Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of
Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Production Process Control and Quality Control Testing

48
Contingency plan equipment and personnel must be present at the job site.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

49
Provide continuous process control and quality control sampling and testing throughout RSC
production and placement.
50
During production of RSC, sample and test aggregates at least once for every 650 cubic yards
of RSC produced, but not less than once per placement shift. Test aggregates for compliance
with gradations, cleanness value, and sand equivalent specifications.
51
At least once for every 650 cubic yards of RSC produced, but not less than twice per
placement shift, sample and test for:

1. Yield
2. Penetration
3. Air content
4. Unit weight

52
During placement of RSC, fabricate beams and test for modulus of rupture within the first 30
cubic yards, at least once every 130 cubic yards, and within the final truckload.
53
If the Engineer requests, submit split samples and fabricate test beams for the Engineer's
testing.
54
For determining early age modulus of rupture, cure beams under the same conditions as the
pavement until 1 hour before testing. Cure beams fabricated for the 7-day test under California
Test 524. The Engineer uses modulus of rupture test results for accepting or rejecting the
replacement pavement and pay factor adjustment for low modulus of rupture.
55
Dispose of materials resulting from the construction of the test beams, temporary roadway
pavement structure, and rejected replacement pavement under Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of
Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Weighmaster Certificates
56
Weighmaster certificates for RSC, regardless of the proportioning method used, must include
the information necessary to trace the manufacturer and the manufacturer's lot number for the
cement being used. If proportioned into fabric containers, the weighmaster certificates for the
cement must contain date of proportioning, location of proportioning, and actual net draft cement
weight. If proportioned at the pour site from a storage silo, the weighmaster certificates must
contain date of proportioning, location of proportioning, and the net draft cement weight used in
the load.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Engineer's Acceptance for Modulus of Rupture

57
RSC pavement must develop a minimum modulus of rupture of 400 psi before opening to
traffic. RSC pavement must develop a minimum modulus of rupture of 600 psi 7 days after
placement. The Engineer may accept RSC pavement that does not attain the specified moduli of
rupture as specified in "Pay Factor Adjustment for Low Modulus of Rupture." You will
determine the modulus of rupture by testing 3 beam specimens under California Test 524 and
averaging the results in the presence of the Engineer. You may fabricate beam specimens using
an internal vibrator under ASTM C 31. No single test represents more than that day's production
or 130 cubic yards, whichever is less.
58
Beam specimens for early age must be cured so the temperature in the specimens is within 5
F of the temperature in the pavement. You must determine the modulus of rupture at other ages
using beams cured and tested under California Test 524 except place them in sand from 5 to 10
times the final set time or 24 hours, whichever is earlier. You must perform the testing to
determine modulus of rupture values of the RSC pavement in the presence of the Engineer.

Pay Factor Adjustment for Low Modulus of Rupture

59
The Engineer adjusts payment for RSC for modulus of rupture as follows:

1. Payment for RSC with a modulus of rupture of 400 psi or greater before opening to
traffic and 7-day modulus of rupture of 600 psi or greater is not adjusted.
2. Payment for RSC with a 7-day modulus of rupture less than 500 psi is not adjusted and
no payment is made. Remove this RSC and replace it at your expense with RSC that
complies with the specifications.
3. Payment for RSC with a modulus of rupture less than 350 psi before opening to traffic is
not adjusted and no payment is made. Remove this RSC and replace it at your expense
with RSC that complies with the specifications.
4. Payment for RSC with a modulus of rupture of 350 psi or greater before opening to
traffic and a 7-day modulus of rupture greater than or equal to 500 psi is reduced by the
percentage in the pay table for the quantity represented by the tests.

Percentage Pay Table

Modulus of Rupture (psi) at 7-Day Modulus of Rupture (psi)
opening to traffic Greater Less than 600 and Less than 550 and
than or greater greater
equal to than or equal to 550 than or equal to 500
600
Greater than or equal to 400 100% 95% 90%
Less than 400 and greater than 95% 95% 90%
or equal to 350
Less than 350 0% 0% 0%

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

60
The Engineer rejects any RSC area that develops 1 or more transverse full depth random
cracks within 64 days after placement. Remove this RSC at your expense and replace it with
RSC that complies with the specifications.

MATERIALS
Temporary Roadway Pavement Structure
Aggregate Base
61
Aggregate base for temporary roadway pavement structure must be produced from any
combination of broken stone, crushed gravel, natural rough-surfaced gravel, reclaimed concrete
and sand. Grading of aggregate base must comply with the 3/4-inch maximum grading specified
in Section 26-1.02A, "Class 2 Aggregate Base," of the Standard Specifications.

Hot Mix Asphalt

62
For hot mix asphalt:

1. Choose the 3/8-inch or 1/2-inch HMA Type A or Type B aggregate gradation under
Section 39-1.02E, "Aggregate," of the Standard Specifications.
2. Minimum asphalt binder content must be 6.8 percent for 3/8-inch aggregate gradation
and 6.0 percent for 1/2-inch aggregate gradation.
3. Choose asphalt binder Grade PG 64-10, PG 64-16, or PG 70-10 under Section 92,
"Asphalts," of the Standard Specifications.

Rapid Strength Concrete

63
RSC that fails to meet opening strength but has a modulus of rupture of at least 200 psi may
serve as temporary roadway and must be replaced prior to acceptance of the contract.

Bond Breaker
64
Bond breaker must be one of the following:

1. White curing paper under ASTM C 171

2. White opaque polyethylene film under ASTM C 171, except that the minimum thickness
must be 6 mils
3. Paving asphalt, Grade PG 64-10, under Section 92, "Asphalts," of the Standard
Specifications
4. Curing compound (5) under Section 90-7.01b, "Curing Compound Method," of the
Standard Specifications

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-12

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Rapid Strength Concrete

65
RSC must be one of the following:
1. Concrete complying with section 90 Portland Cement Concrete, except you may use
Type III portland cement.
2. Concrete complying with section 90 Portland Cement Concrete, except:
2.1. You may use any cement that complies with the definition of hydraulic cement or
blended hydraulic cement in ASTM C 219 and the requirements shown in the
following table:

Hydraulic Cementc
Test Description Test Method Requireme
ntb
Contraction in air California Test 527,W/C Ratio = 0.39 0.053 %,
0.010 max.
Mortar expansion in water ASTM C 1038 0.04 %,
max.
Soluble chloridea California Test 422 0.05 %,
max.
Soluble sulfatesa California Test 417 0.30 %,
max.
Thermal stability California Test 553 90 %, min.
Compressive strength @ 3 ASTM C 109 2,500 psi
days
Note:
a
Perform test on a cube specimen fabricated under ASTM C 109. Cure the specimen at least 14 days
and then pulverized to 100 percent passing the No. 50 sieve.
b
If you use chemical admixtures, include them when testing.
c
The requirements of this table does not apply to portland cement.

66
2.2. You may use citric acid or borax if you submit a written request from the cement
manufacturer and a test sample.
Section 40-2.01C does not apply.

67
Supplementary cementitous material is not required in RSC.
68
Choose the combined aggregate grading for RSC from either the 1-1/2 inch maximum or the
1-inch maximum combined grading under Section 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," of
the Standard Specifications.
Aggregate for RSC must be either:
1. Innocuous in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-2.02, "Aggregates."
2. When tested under ASTM C 1567 using the proposed aggregate and cementitious
materials, the expansion is less than 0.10 percent. Submit test data with each mix design. Test
data authorized by the Department no more than 3 years before the 1st day of the Contract is

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-13

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

authorized for the entire Contract. The test data must be for the same concrete mix and must use
the same materials and material sources to be used on the Contract.
69
You may use Type C accelerating and Type E accelerating and water reducing chemical
admixtures as specified in Section 90-4, "Admixtures," of the Standard Specifications. The
requirement for air entrainment of concrete in freeze-thaw areas only applies when portland
cement is used.
69A
During concrete mix design, perform coefficient of thermal expansion testing under
AASHTO T 336 from trial mixture samples. If changing an aggregate supply source or the mix
properties or proportions, perform coefficient of thermal expansion testing for the new concrete
mix. This test will not be used for acceptance.

Bar Reinforcement
70. Use Paras 70 through 72 in the high desert climate region and the
mountain climate regions or if pavement is placed within 1,000 feet of an
ocean or other salt water body, otherwise delete and delete heading. Refer to
the Pavement Climate Map on the Pavement website at:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/oppd/pavement/Pavement_Climateregions_100
505.pdf
Bar reinforcement must be one of the following:

1. Epoxy coated steel reinforcing bar:

1.1. Bar must comply with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60; ASTM A 996/A
996M; or ASTM A 706/A 706M.
1.2. Epoxy-coating must comply with ASTM A 934/A 934M. Epoxy-coating must be
purple or gray and handled at the manufacturing plant and job site under ASTM D
3963/D 3963M and Section 52-1.02B, "Epoxy-coated Reinforcement," of the
Standard Specifications.

2. Low carbon, chromium steel bar:

2.1. Low carbon, chromium steel bar must comply withASTM A 1035/A 1035 M.

Dowel Bar and Dowel Bar Baskets

71
Dowel bar and dowel bar baskets must be one of the following:

1. Epoxy coated steel reinforcing bar

1.1. Reinforcing bar must comply with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60.
1.2. Epoxy coating must comply with ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, Type 2. Epoxy
coating must be purple or gray.

2. Stainless steel bar:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-14

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2.1. Stainless steel bar must be descaled, pickled, and polished solid stainless steel bars,
UNS Designation S31603 or S31803, Grade 60 under ASTM A 276/A 276M, and
ASTM A 955/A 955M.
2.2. If placed under the basket placing method, stainless steel baskets must comply with
ASTM A 493/A 493M, UNS S31600 or S31603.

Tie Bar and Tie Bar Baskets

72
Tie bar and tie bar baskets must be one of the following:

1. Epoxy coated steel reinforcing bar:

1.1. Bar reinforcing must comply with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60; ASTM
A 996/A 996M; or ASTM A 706/A 706M
1.2. Epoxy coating for deformed tie bars must comply with ASTM A 934/A 934M.
Epoxy coating must be purple or gray.
1.3. Epoxy coating for smooth tie bars and tie bar baskets must comply with ASTM A
884/A 884M, Class A, Type 2.

2. Stainless steel bar:

2.1. Stainless steel bar must be descaled, pickled, and polished solid stainless steel
bars UNS Designation S31603 or S31803, Grade 60 under ASTM A 955/A 955M. If
placed under the basket placing method, baskets must be stainless steel under ASTM
A 493/A 493M, UNS S31600 or S31603.

Liquid Joint Sealant

73*. Specify type(s) of joint (e.g., longitudinal contraction joint) and
silicone or asphalt rubber sealant. Delete if only compression joint seals are
specified and delete heading.
Liquid joint sealant for ___________________ must be __________________.

Liquid Joint Sealant for Isolation Joints

74*. Specify silicone or asphalt rubber sealant. Match the liquid joint
sealant specified in Para 73. Do not use compression joint seals for isolation
joints. Edit type, otherwise delete and delete heading.
Liquid joint sealant for isolation joints must be __________________.

Joint Seal
75*. Specify type(s) of joint (e.g., longitudinal, contraction joint). Delete
if compression joint seals are not specified and delete heading.
Use compression seal for ______.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-15

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Joint Filler for Isolation Joints

76*. Specify bituminous expansion joint filler, Type 1 preformed
expansion joint filler or Type 2 performed expansion joint filler. Edit type,
otherwise delete and delete heading.
Joint filler for isolation joints must be _______________________.

Tack Coat
77
Tack coat must comply with Section 39, "Hot Mix Asphalt," of the Standard Specifications.

CONSTRUCTION

Tie Bar Spacing On Curves

78
If the curvature of a concrete pavement slab prevents equal spacing of tie bars to maintain the
minimum clearance from transverse joints, space them from 15 to 18 inches.

Transverse Contraction Joints

79*. Edit to specify type, otherwise delete and delete heading. Choose
Type A1 or Type B. Edit consistent with Para 73.
Transverse contraction joints must be Type _____. If widening existing concrete pavement,
do not construct transverse contraction joints to match the existing pavement's joint spacing or
skew unless specified. Transverse joints in concrete pavement on a curve must be on a single
straight line through the curve's radius point.

Longitudinal Contraction Joints

80*. Edit to specify type, otherwise delete and delete heading. Choose
Type A2 or Type B. Edit consistent with Para 73.
Longitudinal contraction joints must be Type _____.

Transition Joints With Hot Mix Asphalt

81
If a joint between concrete pavement and hot mix asphalt is specified, apply tack coat
between the concrete pavement and hot mix asphalt.

Temporary Roadway Pavement Structure

82
Place hot mix asphalt and aggregate base where existing pavement is replaced for
construction of a temporary roadway pavement structure. The quantity must be equal to the
quantity of pavement removed during the work shift. If you place temporary roadway pavement
structure, it must be maintained and later removed as the first order of work when JPCP (RSC)
activities resume. The temporary roadway pavement structure must consist of 3-1/2 inch thick

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-16

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

hot mix asphalt over aggregate base. RSC not conforming to the specifications may be used for
temporary roadway pavement structure with the Engineer's approval.
83
Spread and compact aggregate base and hot mix asphalt by methods that produce a well-
compacted, uniform base, with a surface of uniform smoothness, texture and density. Surfaces
must be free from pockets of coarse or fine material. You may spread aggregate base and hot
mix asphalt each in one layer. The finished surface of hot mix asphalt must not vary more than
0.05 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge placed parallel with the centerline
and must match the elevation of existing concrete pavement along the joints between the existing
pavement and temporary surfacing.
84
After removing temporary roadway pavement structure, you may stockpile removed
aggregate base at the project site and reuse it for temporary roadway pavement structures. When
no longer required, dispose of standby material or stockpiled material for temporary roadway
pavement structures under Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of
Way," of the Standard Specifications.

Rapid Strength Concrete

General
85
Concrete pavement penetration specified in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and
Penetration," of the Standard Specifications does not apply to RSC.
86
RSC must develop the specified opening age and 7-day modulus of rupture strengths.

Proportioning
87
Weighing, measuring, and metering devices used for proportioning materials must comply
with Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," of the Standard Specifications.
88. Delete Item 4 if Paras 103 through 131 are deleted (volumetric
proportioning).

For batches with a volume of 1 cubic yard or more, proportioning must comply with one of
the following methods:

1. Batch the ingredients at a central batch plant and charge them into a mixer truck for
transportation to the pour site. Proportion ingredients under Section 90-5,
"Proportioning," of the Standard Specifications.
2. Batch the ingredients except the cement at a central batch plant and charge them into a
mixer truck for transportation to a cement silo and weigh system, which must proportion
cement for charging into the mixer truck.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-17

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

3. Batch ingredients except the cement at a central batch plant and charge them into a mixer
truck for transportation to a location where pre-weighed containerized cement is added to
the mixer truck. The cement pre-weighing operation must utilize a platform scale. The
platform scale must have a maximum capacity of 2.75 tons with a maximum graduation
size of 1 pound. Pre-weigh cement into a fabric container. The minimum amount of
cement to be proportioned into any single container must be 1/2 of the total amount
required for the load of RSC being produced.
4. Cement, water, and aggregate are proportioned volumetrically.
89
For central batch plants, indicators for weighing and measuring systems such as over and
under dials must be grouped so that each indicator's smallest increment can be accurately read
from the control point of the proportioning operation. In addition, indicators for weighing and
measuring cement batched from a remote weighing system must be placed so that each indicator
can be accurately read from the control point of the proportioning operation.
90
Weighing equipment must be insulated from other equipment's vibration or movement.
When the plant is operating, each draft's material weight must not vary from the designated
weight by more than the specified tolerances. Each scale graduation must be 0.001 of the usable
scale capacity.
91
Aggregate must be weighed cumulatively. Equipment for weighing aggregate must have a
zero tolerance of 0.5 percent of the aggregate's designated total batch weight. Equipment for
the separate weighing of the cement must have a zero tolerance of 0.5 percent of the cement's
designated individual batch draft. Equipment for measuring water must have a zero tolerance of
0.5 percent of the water's designated weight or volume.
92
The weight indicated for any individual batch of material must not vary from the preselected
scale setting by more than:

Batch Weight Tolerances

Material Tolerance
Aggregate 1.0 percent of designated batch weight
Cement 0.5 percent of designated batch weight
Water 1.5 percent of designated batch weight or
volume

93
Proportioning consists of dividing the aggregate into the specified sizes and storing them in
separate bins, and then combining the aggregate with cement and water. Proportion dry
ingredients by weight. Proportion liquid ingredients by weight or volume.
94
Handle and store aggregates under Section 90-5.01, "Storage of Aggregates," of the Standard
Specifications. Proportion liquid admixtures under Section 90-4.10, "Proportioning and
Dispensing Liquid Admixtures," of the Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-18

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

95
Control aggregate discharged from several bins with gates or mechanical conveyors. The
means of discharge from the bins and from the weigh hopper must be interlocked so that no more
than 1 bin can discharge at a time, and the weigh hopper cannot be discharged until the required
quantity from each of the bins has been deposited in the weigh hopper.
96
At the time of batching, dry and drain aggregates to a stable moisture content. Do not
proportion aggregates with visible separation of water from the aggregate during proportioning.
At the time of batching, the free moisture content of fine aggregate must not exceed 8 percent of
its saturated, surface-dry weight.
97
If the proportioning plant has separate supplies of the same size group of aggregate with
different moisture content, specific gravity, or surface characteristics affecting workability,
exhaust 1 supply before using another supply.
98
Keep cement separated from the aggregate until discharged into the mixer. When discharged
into the mixer, cement must be free of lumps and clods. Before reuse, clean fabric containers
used for transportation or proportioning of cement.
99
Weigh systems for proportioning aggregate and cement must be individual and distinct from
other weigh systems. Each weigh system must have a hopper, a lever system, and an indicator.
100
When ordered by the Engineer, determine the gross weight and tare weight of truck mixers
on scales designated by the Engineer.
101
Install and maintain in operating condition an electrically actuated moisture meter. The
meter must indicate on a readily visible scale the changes in the fine aggregate moisture content
as it is batched. The meter must have a sensitivity of 0.5 percent by weight of the fine aggregate.
102
Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before mixing water into the concrete during hauling or
after arrival at the delivery point. If the Engineer accepts additional water be incorporated into
the concrete, the drum must revolve not less than 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water
is added and before starting discharge. Measure water added to the truck mixer at the job site
through a meter in compliance with Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," of the
Standard Specifications.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-19

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Paras 103 through 131: Delete unless "Volumetric Proportioning" is

recommended by the District Materials Engineer and approved by District
Construction. Discuss with District or Headquarters Weights and Measures
Coordinator and METS, Office of Structural Materials.
Volumetric Proportioning
103
You may choose to proportion RSC by volume.
104
Handle and store aggregates under Section 90-5.01, "Storage of Aggregates," of the Standard
Specifications. Proportion liquid admixtures under Section 90-4.10, "Proportioning and
Dispensing Liquid Admixtures," of the Standard Specifications.
105
Batch-mixer trucks must proportion cement, water, aggregate, and additives by volume.
Aggregate feeders must be connected directly to the drive on the cement vane feeder. The
cement feed rate must be tied directly to the feed rate for the aggregate and other ingredients.
Only change the ratio of cement to aggregate by changing the gate opening for the aggregate
feed. The drive shaft of the aggregate feeder must have a revolution counter reading to the
nearest full or partial revolution of the aggregate delivery belt.
106
Proportion aggregate with a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate delineated to
the nearest quarter increment. The gate opening height must be readily determinable. Proportion
cement by any method that complies with the accuracy tolerance specifications. Proportion
water with a meter under Section 9-1.01, "Measurement and Payment," of the Standard
Specifications.
107
Calibrate the cutoff gate for each batch-mixer truck used and for each aggregate source.
Calibrate batch-mixer trucks at 3 different aggregate gate settings that are commensurate with
production needs. Perform at least 2 calibration runs for each aggregate gate.
108
Individual aggregate delivery rate check-runs must not deviate more than 1.0 percent from
the mathematical average of all runs for the same gate and aggregate type. Each test run must be
at least 1,000 pounds.
109
At the time of batching, dry and drain aggregates to a stable moisture content. Do not
proportion aggregates with visible separation of water from the aggregate during proportioning.
At the time of batching, the free moisture content of fine aggregate must not exceed 8 percent of
its saturated, surface-dry weight.
110
If the proportioning plant has separate supplies of the same size group of aggregate with
different moisture content, specific gravity, or surface characteristics affecting workability,
exhaust 1 supply before using another supply.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-20

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

111
Cover rotating and reciprocating equipment on batch-mixer trucks with metal guards.
112
Individual cement delivery rate check-runs must not deviate more than 1.0 percent of the
mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 1,000 pounds each.
113
When the water meter operates from 50 to 100 percent of production capacity, the indicated
weight of water delivered must not differ from the actual weight delivered by more than 1.5
percent for each of 2 runs of 300 gallons. Calibrate the water meter under California Test 109.
The water meter must be equipped with a resettable totalizer and display the operating rate.
114
Conduct calibration tests for aggregate, cement, and water proportioning devices with a
platform scale located at the calibration site. Platform scales for weighing test-run calibration
material must have a maximum capacity of 2.75 tons with maximum graduations of 1 pound.
Error test the platform scale within 8 hours of calibrating the batch-mixer truck proportioning
devices. Perform error-testing with test weights under California Test 109. Furnish a witness
scale that is within 2 graduations of the test weight load. The witness scale must be available for
use at the production site throughout the production period. Equipment needed for the
calibration of proportioning systems must remain available at the production site throughout the
production period.
115
The batch-mixer truck must be equipped so that accuracy checks can be made. Recalibrate
proportioning devices every 30 days after production starts or when you change the source or
type of any ingredient.
116
A spot calibration is calibration of the cement proportioning system only. Perform a 2-run
spot calibration each time 55 tons of cement passes through the batch-mixer truck. If the spot
calibration shows the cement proportioning system does not comply with the specifications,
complete a full calibration of the cement proportioning system before you resume production.
117
Proportion liquid admixtures with a meter.
118
Locate cement storage immediately before the cement feeder. Equip the system with a
device that automatically shuts down power to the cement feeder and aggregate belt feeder when
the cement storage level is less than 20 percent of the total volume.
119
Submit aggregate moisture determinations, made under California Test 223, at least every 2
hours during proportioning and mixing operations. Record moisture determinations and submit
them at the end of each production shift.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-21

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

120
Equip each aggregate bin with a device that automatically shuts down the power to the
cement feeder and the aggregate belt feeder when the aggregate discharge rate is less than 95
percent of the scheduled discharge rate.
121
Proportioning device indicators must be in working order before starting proportioning and
mixing operations and must be visible when standing near the batch-mixer truck.
122
Identifying numbers of batch-mixer trucks must be at least 3 inches in height, and be located
on the front and rear of the vehicles.
123
Mix volumetric proportioned RSC in a mechanically operated mixer. You may use auger-
type mixers. Operate mixers uniformly at the mixing speed recommended by the manufacturer.
Do not use mixers that have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar.
124
Do not mix more material than will permit complete mixing. Reduce the volume of material
in the mixer if complete mixing is not achieved. Continue mixing until a homogeneous mixture
is produced at discharge. Do not add water to the RSC after discharge.
125
Do not use equipment with components made of aluminum or magnesium alloys that may
have contact with plastic concrete during mixing or transporting of RSC.
126
The Engineer determines uniformity of concrete mixtures by differences in penetration
measurements made under California Test 533. Differences in penetration are determined by
comparing penetration tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer
load. The differences must not exceed 5/8 inch. Submit samples of freshly mixed concrete.
Sampling facilities must be safe, accessible, clean, and produce a sample that is representative of
production. Sampling devices and sampling methods must comply with California Test 125.
127
Do not use ice to cool RSC directly. If ice is used to cool water used in the mix, it must be
melted before entering the mixer.
128
When proportioning and charging cement into the mixer, prevent variance of the required
quantity by conditions such as wind or accumulation on equipment.
129
Each mixer must have metal plates that provide the following information:

1. Designed usage
2. Manufacturer's guaranteed mixed concrete volumetric capacity
3. Rotation speed

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-22

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

130
The device controlling the proportioning of cement, aggregate, and water must produce
production data. The production data must be captured at 15-minute intervals throughout daily
production. Each capture of production data represents production activity at that time and is not
a summation of data. The amount of material represented by each production capture is the
amount produced in the period from 7.5 minutes before to 7.5 minutes after the capture time.
The daily production data must be submitted in electronic or printed media at the end of each
production shift. The reported data must be in the order including data titles as follows:

1. Weight of cement per revolution count

2. Weight of each aggregate size per revolution count
3. Gate openings for each used aggregate size
4. Weight of water added to the concrete per revolution count
5. Moisture content of each used aggregate size
6. Individual volume of other admixtures per revolution count
7. Time of day
8. Day of week
9. Production start and stop times
10. Batch-mixer truck identification
11. Name of supplier
12. Specific type of concrete being produced
13. Source of the individual aggregate sizes
14. Source, brand, and type of cement
15. Source, brand and type of individual admixtures
16. Name and signature of operator
131
You may input production data by hand into a pre-printed form or it may be captured and
printed by the proportioning device. Present electronic media containing recorded production
data in a tab delimited format on a CD or DVD. Each capture of production data must be
followed by a line-feed carriage-return with sufficient fields for the specified data.

Delete paragraphs 132 to 136 if aggregate base is used underneath the

JPCP (RSC)
Bond Breaker
132 Edit as needed to describe the underlying base layer
Place bond breaker between JPCP (RSC) and _________________layer.
133
If you use curing paper or polyethylene film, place it in a wrinkle free manner. Overlap
adjacent sheets a minimum of 6 inches in the same direction as the concrete pour.
134
If you use curing compound or paving asphalt, before application remove foreign and loose
materials remaining from slab removal.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-23

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

135
If you use paving asphalt, do not add water before applying asphalt to the base surface.
Apply the paving asphalt in one even application at a rate from 0.02 to 0.10 gallon per square
yard over the entire base surface area. Do not place concrete pavement until the paving asphalt
has cured.
136
If you use curing compound, apply it in 2 separate applications. Apply each application
evenly at a rate from 0.07 to 0.11 gallon per square yard over the entire base surface area.

Spreading, Compacting, and Shaping

137
You may use metal or wood side forms. Wood side forms must not be less than 1-1/2 inches
thick. Side forms must be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the connection with
adjoining forms, that movement will not occur under forces from subgrading and paving
equipment or from the pressure of concrete.
138
Side forms must remain in place until the pavement edge no longer requires the protection of
forms. Clean and oil side forms before each use.
139
After you deposit the RSC on the subgrade, consolidate RSC with high-frequency internal
vibrators. Consolidate adjacent to forms and across the full paving width. Place RSC as nearly
as possible to its final position. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of RSC.
140
Spread and shape RSC with powered finishing machines supplemented by hand finishing.
141
After you mix and place RSC, do not add water to the surface to facilitate finishing. Use
surface finishing additives as recommended by the manufacturer of the cement after their use is
approved by the Engineer.

Joints
142
Before placing RSC against existing concrete, place 1/4-inch thick commercial quality
polyethylene flexible foam expansion joint filler across the original transverse and longitudinal
joint faces and extend the excavation's full depth. Place the top of the joint filler flush with the
top of the pavement. Secure joint filler to the joint face of the existing pavement to prevent the
joint filler from moving during the placement of RSC.

Final Finishing
143
If the Engineer determines by visual inspection the final texturing may not comply with the
specifications for coefficient of friction, the Engineer tests to determine coefficient of friction.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-24

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Open the pavement to traffic and allow 5 days after concrete placement for the Department to
test for coefficient of friction. If pavement does not comply with the specifications for
coefficient of friction, grind the pavement under Section 42-2, "Grinding," of the Standard
Specifications. Perform grinding before sealing joints.
143A. Use only for ramp termini, otherwise delete
On ramp termini, use heavy brooming normal to the ramp centerline to produce a coefficient
of friction of at least 0.35 determined on the hardened surface under California Test 342.

Curing Method
144
Use the curing method recommended by the manufacturer of the cement for JPCP (RSC).

Concrete Pavement Removal

145
When removing and replacing concrete, remove it to full depth and width.

Crack Treatment
146. Add SSP 40-250 if using this paragraph. Otherwise delete and
delete heading.
If cracks form that do not extend to the full depth of a slab, treat the cracks with a high
molecular weight methacrylate resin under "Concrete Pavement Crack Treatment."

Removal and Replacement of Slabs Without Bar Reinforcement

147
For full depth and partial length slab removal, saw cut the full depth and width.
148
Saw cut full slabs at the longitudinal and transverse joints. Saw cut partial slabs at joints and
where the Engineer orders. You may make additional saw cuts within the removal area to
facilitate slab removal or to prevent binding of the saw cut at the removal area's edge. Saw cut
perpendicular to the slab surface.
149
Use slab lifting equipment with lifting devices that attach to the slab. After lifting the slab,
paint the cut ends of dowels and tie bars.
150
Construct transverse and longitudinal construction joints between the new slab and existing
concrete using dowel bars. For longitudinal joints, offset dowel bar holes from original tie bars
by 3 inches. For transverse joints, offset dowel bars holes from the original dowel bars by 3
inches.
151
Drill holes and use chemical adhesive to bond the dowel bars to the existing concrete. Use
an automated dowel bar drilling machine. Holes must be at least 1/8-inch greater than the dowel

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-25

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

bar diameter. Clean the holes in compliance with the chemical adhesive manufacturer's
instructions. Holes must be dry when you place chemical adhesive.
152
Immediately after inserting dowel bars into the chemical adhesive-filled holes, support the
dowel bars and leave them undisturbed for the minimum cure time recommended by the
chemical adhesive manufacturer.
153
Clean the faces of joints and underlying base from loose material and contaminants. Coat the
faces with a double application of pigmented curing compound under Section 28-1.07, "Curing,"
of the Standard Specifications. For partial slab replacements, place preformed sponge rubber
expansion joint filler at new transverse joints in compliance with ASTM D 1752.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Paras 154 through 156: Edit to include jointed plain concrete pavement
(ramp termini with rapid strength concrete) if pay item is included in the
project.
154 Delete if paragraphs 28 through 38 are deleted.
If the Engineer accepts a test strip and it remains as part of the paving surface, the test strip is
measured and paid for as jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid strength concrete), seal
pavement joint, and seal isolation joint as the case may be.
155
The contract price paid per cubic yard for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid strength
concrete) as designated in the Verified Bid Item List includes full compensation for furnishing
all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in
constructing the concrete pavement, complete in place including bond breaker, bar
reinforcement, tie bars, dowel bars, anchors, and fasteners, as shown on the plans and as
specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
155A If the quantity of JPCP (RSC) is < 300 cubic yards, delete the
quality control program, constructing test strips, .If paragraphs 39 and 40
are used in lieu of paragraphs 28 through 38, edit to say trial slab instead
of test strips
Full compensation for the quality control program, constructing test strips, furnishing and
disposing of standby materials for temporary roadway pavement structure, constructing,
maintaining, removing, and disposing of temporary roadway pavement structure, and work
involved in determining the modulus of rupture of RSC are included in the contract price paid
per cubic yard for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid strength concrete) and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
156
The Engineer adjusts payment for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid strength concrete)
in compliance with "Pay Factor Adjustment for Low Modulus of Rupture."
157
Repair, or removal and replacement of damaged pavement and base is at your expense and
will not be measured or paid for.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-26

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

158. Use paragraphs 158 and 159 if transition panels to asphalt concrete
(Standard Plan P30) using rapid strength concrete are specified.
The contract item for concrete pavement transition panel as designated in the Verified Bid
Item List is measured by the cubic yard. The Engineer calculates the pay quantity volume based
on the plan dimensions. The Engineer does not measure concrete pavement placed outside those
dimensions unless it was ordered by the Engineer.
159
The contract price paid per cubic yard for concrete pavement transition panel as designated in
the Verified Bid Item List includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing the concrete
pavement, complete in place including bar reinforcement, tie bars, and dowel bars as shown on
the plans and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by
the Engineer.
160
Full compensation for providing a facility for and attending the prepaving conference is
included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid
strength concrete) and no additional compensation is allowed therefor.
161
Full compensation for applying tack coat at transverse transition joints and end anchors is
included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid
strength concrete) and no separate payment is made therefor.
162
If the curvature of a slab affects tie bar spacing and additional tie bars are required, they are
included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for jointed plain concrete pavement (rapid
strength concrete) and no additional compensation is allowed therefor.
163. Use if volumetric proportioning is allowed on the project.
If calibration of volumetric batch-trucks is performed more than 100 miles from the project
limits, payment for individual slab replacement is reduced by $1,000 per calibration session.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-27

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5. MODIFY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT

CENTER (TMC)

10-3.06 MODIFY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TRANSPORTATION

MANAGEMENT CENTER (TMC)

DESCRIPTION
Modify communication system (TMC) shall consist of:
1. Removing existing equipment and installing new equipment in the existing TMC.
2. Installing fiber optic jumpers and cables of various types.
3. Installing the following equipment into the existing 19 racks as per the plans and
these special provisions:

Qt Description
y
X Port Server
X
XX Video Demultiplexer
XX Video Distribution Amplifier
XX Video Encoder
XX Multiple Outlet Power Strip
XX Counter Port Server
XX Fiber Optic Jumper
XX Coaxial Cable
XX CAT 5E Cable
XX RS-232 Cable

WARRANTY

All equipment shall be warranted against defects and any failure, which may occur through
normal use for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of contract acceptance.

The distribution interconnect package, fiber optic cable assemblies and pigtails are described
elsewhere in these special provisions.

VIDEO ENCODER

GENERAL
Summary
The Video Encoder shall provide video inputs for each of the video DEMUX units outputs.
Each shall have serial RS485 output for Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) control and a gigabit Ethernet
output for encoded video. The unit shall mount in a standard 19 rack and provide up to 18
inputs per 1U chassis.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS (VIDEO ENCODER)

1. Video Compression: H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/VAC) and Motion JPEG
2. Resolutions: 176x120 to 720x576
3. Frame Rate: 30/25 (NTSC/PAL) fps in all resolutions
4. Video Streaming: Multi-Stream H.264 and Motion JPEG: 3 simultaneous,
individually configured streams in max. resolution at 30/25
fps; more streams if identical or limited in frame
rate/resolution, Controllable frame rate and bandwidth
VBR/CBR H.264
5. Image Settings: Compression, color, brightness, contrast
Rotation: 90, 180, 270
Aspect ratio correction
Mirroring of images
Text and image overlay
Privacy mask
Enhanced deinterface filter
6. Pan/Tilt/Zoom: Wide range of analog PTZ cameras and supported 100
presets/camera, guard tour, PTZ control queue
7. Security (Network): Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPS
encryption, IEEE 802.1X network access control, digest
authentication, user access log
8. Supported Network Protocols:Ipv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPS, Qos layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
SMTP, Bonjour, UPnP, SNMPv1/v2c/v3(MIB-II), DNS,
DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP,
ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS
9. Intelligent Video: Video motion detection, active tampering alarm
10. Alarm Triggers: Intelligent video, external inputs, video loss
11. Alarm Events: File upload via FTP, HTTP and email
Notification via email, HTTP and TCP
PTZ preset
External output activation
12. Video Buffer: 64 NB pre- and post-alarm
13. Connectors: 6 analog composite video BNC input, NTSC/PAL auto-
Sensing,
1000BaseT Ethernet
Terminal block for up to 12 configurable external
inputs/outputs and up to 6 RS-485 half duplex, depending
on the rack cabinet

14. Operating Conditions: 0-45 C (32-113 F) Humidity 20-80% RH

(non-condensing)
15. Approvals: EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3,
EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15
Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B,
C-trick AS/NZS CISPR 22, EN 60950-1

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS (RACK CABINET)

1. Expansion Slots: 3 slots for video encoder cards
2. Casing: Metal casing for standalone or rack mounting
3. Power: 100-240 V AC
4. Connectors: Ethernet 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T
RJ-45 (Gigabit Ethernet)
3 terminal blocks
4 alarm inputs
4 outputs
RS-485/422 half-duplex
5. Approvals: EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3,
EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15
Subpart B Class B, VCCI Class B, AS/NZ CISPR 22,
ICES-003, ITE, UL, cUL, EN 60950-1, CB-certificate,
KTL

VIDEO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER

GENERAL
Summary
The Video Distribution Amplifier shall distribute video inputs to at least three video outputs
for each input.

MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS
1. Number of Inputs: 8 independent channels 1Vpp/75 on BNC connectors
2. Output: 3 independent channels (1 Vpp/75 on BNC connectors) per
input
3. Max. Output Level: 3.3 Vpp
4. Bandwidth (-3db): 500 MHz
5. Diff. Gain: 0.03%
6. Diff. Phase: 0.03 Deg
7. K-Factor: <0.05%
8. S/N Ratio: 70dB
9. Crosstalk (all hostile): -53dB
10. Controls: EQ: 0 to 11dB @ 50 MHz
11. Coupling: DC Power
12. Source: 100-240 VAC, 50/60Hz, 7VA
13. Dimensions: 19 x 7 x 1UW, D, H, rack mountable
14. Weight: 2.5kg (5.5lbs) approx.
15. Accessories: Power cord, rack ears

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

COUNTER PORT SERVER

GENERAL

The Counter Port Server shall be compatible with the existing Port Server Digi Port Server
TS1 and shall provide RS-232/422/485 serial-to-Ethernet connectivity. The port server shall
meet the following requirements:

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS:
1. Weight: Less than 70 grams
2. Size: 5.25 in (wide) x 3.33 in (high) x 0.95 in (long).
3. Status LEDs (Link, Power)

ENVIRONMENTAL:
1. Operating Temperature Ranges: From 0C to +55C (32F to 130 F)
2. Humidity: From 5 percent to 95 percent non-condensing.

POWER REQUIREMENTS:
1. Input power: 100-250VAC, 50/60 Hz
2. Power Consumption: 12 W

APPLICATION INTERFACES:
a. Serial:
Ports: 1
Throughput: Up to 230 Kbps
Signal Support: TXD, RXD, RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR and DCD
b. Ethernet:
Physical Layer: 10/100Base-T
Data Rate: 10/100 Mbps
Mode: Full or Half duplex

APPLICATION SUPPORT
1. HTTP/HTTPS, CLI, Port Authority-Remote management diagnostics and auto- discovery
tool
2. Protocols supported: UDP/TCP, DHCP/RARP/ARP-Ping for IP Address assignment,
PPP (PAP & CHAP), Extended Telnet RFC 2217, Telnet, Reverse Telnet, R-login, Auto-
connect

SAFETY
UL60950; CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950; EN60950 Emissions / Immunity: FCC Part 15,
Subpart B, Class A; EN55022, Class A; EN55024; EN61000-3-2

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance from the
manufacturer in accordance with NEMA TS1/2 Environmental Requirements for Traffic Control
Equipment.

MULTIPLE OUTLET POWER STRIP

GENERAL
Summary
A Multiple Outlet Power Strip shall be furnished and installed in the existing racks as shown
on the plans.

MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS
Mounting: 19 rack mount
No. of outlets: 6 or greater
Electrical Rating: 15 A, 125 VAC, 60 Hz
Circuit Breaker: 12 A, 125 VAC
Max. Surge Current >6500 A
Max. Energy Dissipation: >210 J
Modes of Surge Protection: Hot-to-Neutral
Clamping Response Time <Less than one nanosecond
Modes of Noise Protection: Transverse and Common
Noise Attenuation: 20 to 40 dB
Noise Frequency Range: 150 kHz - 100 MHz
Type of Cordset: SJT 14/3

VIDEO DEMULTIPLEXER

GENERAL
The demultiplexer shall be capable of providing optical reception (demultiplexing) of up to
16 channels of RS-250C baseband video via 8-bit linear pulse code modulation digital-decoding,
from the communications hub to the demultiplexer unit located within the Transportation
Management Center.
All equipment shall have an ambient operating temperature range of 0 to +60C degrees, C,
and shall be directly mountable within the existing IFS Model R3 19-Inch Card Cage Unit.
The video demultiplexer unit shall not utilize video compression techniques and shall
introduce zero latency to each of the 16 received video channels, and shall not require any
user-adjustments to facilitate installation or operation.

Operating Wavelength: 1300 nm, single mode

Optical Detector: PIN Photodiode

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Optical Connector Type: Type SC

Operating Power: 115 V(ac)

LED status indicators shall be provided on the video demultiplexer unit for ascertaining the
status of the following parameters:
A. Video sync presence for each video output channel
B. Optical Carrier Detect/Link-Lock
C. Operating Power

The 16-channel video multiplexer and demultiplexer units shall provide the following video
transmission performance end-to-end with an optical path loss of 18 dB between the two units:
A. Video Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 60 dB, at a maximum optical path loss of 18 dB.
B. Video Bandwidth: 5 Hz. to 6.5 MHz.
C. Differential Gain: <2 percent.
D. Differential Phase: <0.7 degrees.
E. Tilt: <1 percent.

Installation
The video demultiplexer system shall be installed at the TMC as shown on plans and
specified in these special provisions. The Contractor shall:
A. Connect the correct optical pigtail or patch cord to the optical connector on the
transmitters and receivers, as well as the correct video interface cables to the demodulator
inputs and demodulator outputs as specified by the equipment manufacturer.
B. Coordinate the physical space required by the Video demodulator with the space
allocated with any other equipment.
C. Connect the video demodulator power supply to one of the 120 V(ac), 60 Hz power
receptacles reserved for communication equipment in the TMC. The fiber optic path for
each video link shall be tested and verified in accordance with the contract prior to
installing the video demodulator.
D. Neatly install all drop cables together, route them along the same path and neatly secure
them to the support rails in the equipment racks. No cable shall be installed with a bend
radius less than the manufactures minimum recommended bending radius.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

6. MODIFY FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

10-3.27 MODIFY FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

GENERAL

SUMMARY
H Gill
Concur, Fd, 2/2/11
RA
ISdR***
Modify fiber optic communication system Modify This work includes furnishing and
installing the following equipment and performing testing as per as shown on the plans, in
conformance with the these special provisions and Section 86 "Signals, Lighting and Electrical
Systems" of the Standard Specifications:

EDIT AS NECESSARY, DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL ITEMS********

Description
Fiber Optic Conduit
Innerduct
Fiber Optic Splice Vault
Tracer Wire
Fiber Optic Trench Delineators
Underground Warning Tape
Sealing Plugs
Fiber Optic Labeling
Fiber Optic Outside Plant Cable
Fiber Optic Cable Splices
Fiber Optic Splice Closure
Fiber Optic Splice Trays
Distribution Interconnect Package
Fiber Optic Jumpers and Pigtails
Connectors
Couplers
Interconnect and Termination Unit
Fiber Distribution Unit
Network to Serial Adapter Card
Category 5E Cable
Element Fiber Optic Switch
LAN Extender
Ethernet Switch
Ethernet to Serial Converter
TOS Fiber Optic Switch
Fiber Optic Testing
System Testing and Documentation

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2.
DEFINITIONS
Breakout: The cable "breakout" is produced by (1) removing the jacket just beyond the last
tie-wrap point, (2) exposing one 3 to 2 m 6 feet of the cable buffers, aramid strength yarn
and central fiberglass strength member, and (3) cutting the aramid yarn, central strength
member and the buffer tubes to expose the individual glass fibers for splicing or
connection to the appropriate device.
Connector: A mechanical device used to provide a means for attaching to and decoupling
from a transmitter, receiver, or another fiber (such as on a patch panel).
Connectorized: The termination point of a fiber after connectors have been affixed.
Connector Module Housing (CMH): A patch panel used to terminate singlemode or
multimode fibers with most common connector types. It may include a jumper storage
shelf and a hinged door.
H Gill
Couplers: Couplers are devices which mate two fiber optic connectors to facilitate the
transition of optical light signals from one connector into another. Couplers are also
referred to as: adapters, feed-throughs, and barrels. They are normally located within
FDFs and ITUs mounted in panels. They may also be used unmounted, to join two
simplex fiber runs.
Fiber Distribution Frame (FDF): A rack mounted system that is usually installed in the
TMC and the HUB location, that consists of a standard equipment rack, fiber routing
guides, horizontal jumper troughs, fiber distribution units (FDU), connector module
housings (CMH), and splice module housings (SMH).
H Gill
Fiber Distribution Unit (FDU): An enclosure or rack mountable unit containing both a
Connector Module Housing (CMH) and a Splice Module Housing (SMH) enclosure. The
units CMH and SMH may be integrated by a partition.
Interconnect/Termination Unit (ITU): A patch panel used to terminate fibers with most
common connector types. It may include a jumper storage shelf and a hinge door.
Jumper: A short fiber optic cable that has connectors installed on both ends, and is used for
connection within a FDU.
Launch Cable: A cable used to aid in the testing of fiber optic cables when using an OTDR.
This cable helps to minimize the effects of the OTDR's launch pulse on measurement
uncertainty.
H Gill
Light Source: A portable transportable piece of fiber optic test equipment that, in
conjunction when coupled with a power meter, is used to perform end-to-end attenuation
testing. It contains a stabilized light source operating at the designed wavelength of the
system under test. It also couples light from the source into the fiber to be received at the
far end by the receiver.
H Gill

Link: A passive section of the system, the ends of which are connectorized.to be connected
to active components. A link may include splices and couplers. For example, a video
data link may be from a F/O transmitter to a video multiplexer (MUX).

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

H Gill
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (ODTR): A piece of fiber optic test equipment
similar in appearance to an oscilloscope that is used to measure the total amount of power
loss between two points. It provides a visual and printed display of the relative location
of system components such as fiber sections, splices and connectors as well as the losses
that are attributed to each component and or defects in the fiber.
H Gill
Patchcord: A short jumper used to join two Connector Module Housing (CMH) couplers,
and or a CMH and an active optical electronic device.
H Gill
Pigtail: Relatively short length of fiber optic cable that is connectorized on only one end.
All pigtails shall be tight buffer cable.
H Gill
Power Meter: A portable transportable piece of fiber optic test equipment that, when
coupled with a light source, is used to perform end-to-end attenuation testing. It contains
a detector that is sensitive to light at the designed wavelength of the system under test.
Its display indicates the amount of power injected by the light source that arrives at the
receiving end of the link.
Ping: For testing purposes, a "ping" is defined as: a computer network administration utility
used to test whether a particular host is reachable across an internet protocol (IP)
network. The IP addressable equipment shall be "pinged" a minimum of 5 consecutive
instances for each test.
Riser Cable: NEC approved cable installed in a riser (a vertical shaft in a building
connecting one floor to another).
Segment: A section of F/O cable that is not connected to any active device and may or may
not have splices per the design.
Splice: The permanent joining of fiber ends to identical or similar fibers.
Splice Closure: A container used to organize and protect splice trays. The container allows
splitting or routing of fiber cables from multiple locations. The container is
environmentally sealed to protect the fibers.
Splice Module Housing (SMH): The SMH stores splice trays as well as pigtails and short
cable lengths.
Splice Tray: A container used to organize and protect spliced fibers.
Storage Cabinet: Designed for holding excess cable slack for protection. The storage
cabinet allows the user flexibility in equipment location and the ability to pull cable back
for resplicing.

RA
3.
Glossary
F/O: Fiber optic.
FOC: Fiber optic cable.
FOIP: Fiber optic inside plant cable.
FOP: Fiber optic outside plant cable.
FOTP: Fiber optic test procedure(s) as defined by EIA/TIA standards.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

4.
FIBER OPTIC CONDUIT
RA**
Fiber optic conduit is defined as conduit that will contain innerduct or fiber optic cable, as
shown on the plans. Furnishing and installing fiber optic conduit shall conform to the provision
of section "Conduit" of these special provisions and these special provisions the following.
5.
RA**
All fiber optic conduits to be installed underground shall be either Type 1, Type 3
Schedule 80. or Type 5, except as specified herein, and that the conduit between the vaults at
approximate Stations XX+XX and XX+XX shall be Type 3.
6.
Type 1 or Type 5 conduit shall be used in bridges.
7.
Type 2 conduit shall be used from the bridge to the first pull box or splice vault.
8.
H Gill
Type 1 or Type 5 conduit shall be used for fiber optic conduit bends, except when using
conduit with integral innerduct. Minimum conduit bend radius shall be 10 times trade diameter
of the conduit.
9.
ISdR***
Direct coupling of Type 1 or Type 5 to Type 3 fiber optic conduit will be permitted at
underground locations by means of an industry standard rigid non-metallic conduit coupling.
The coupling shall be the type for joining threaded conduit to solvent welded conduit.
10.
When Type 3 Schedule 80 fiber optic conduit is placed in a trench that is not in a pavement
area it shall conform to section 86-2.05C "Installation" of the Standard Specifications" except
where the top 100 mm of fine soil or sand shall be 150 mm. the trench shall be backfilled with
commercial quality colored concrete, as described elsewhere in these special provisions,
containing not less than 250 kg of portland cement per cubic meter, to the dimensions shown on
the plans. The trench shall be wide enough for a minimum of 25 mm of concrete between the
wall of the trench and the side of the conduit. Other conduits in a shared trench shall be placed
as shown on the plans.
11.
Concrete used to backfill trenches shall have a 24-hour curing period. The trenches shall
have barricades with "Open Trench" signs posted at the beginning of the trench and every 60
meters thereafter.
12.
Conduit trenches in or adjacent to paved shoulders shall be backfilled within 3 calendar days.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

13.
***
Conduit trenches in and across traffic lanes shall be backfilled during the same work period
the trench is excavated except that the top 612" of asphalt shall be placed within 3 calendar days.
14.
At those locations where conduit is required to be installed under pavement and existing
underground facilities require special precautions in conformance with the provisions in
"Obstructions" of these special provisions, conduit shall be placed by the "Trenching in
Pavement Method" in conformance with the provisions in Section 86-2.05C, "Installation," of
the Standard Specifications.
15.
At locations where conduit is required to be installed under pavement and existing
underground facilities require special precautions, as described in "Obstructions" of these special
provisions, conduit shall be placed by the "Trenching in Pavement Method" as specified in
Section 86-2.05C, except conduit shall be as specified above.
16.
All jacked conduit shall be Type 1 or Type 5. No trenching shall be allowed across freeway
and ramps.
17.
***
Immediately prior to installing cables and/or innerduct, conduit shall be blown out with
compressed air until all foreign material is removed.
18.
After fiber optic cables and/or innerduct have been installed, the ends of conduits and
innerduct shall be sealed with an approved type of conduit sealing plug.
19. Use only when 4" fiber conduit is crossing local street
At locations when 4" fiber optic conduit has to cross local or State streets the conduit shall be
install in a 10" steel sleeve.

EDIT AS NECESSARYAND USE IF NEEDED***

20.
Split Conduit
Use when relocating fiber optic splice vaults and do not wish to cut and
splice the existing fiber optic cables, otherwise delete
RA
The split conduit shall conform with to the provisions under "Fiber Optic Conduit" of these
special provisions. It shall have an interlocking design which allows sections to be staggered and
butted together. Joints shall be sealed with tape as per manufacturer's instructions and the
assembled section shall be reinforced with steel hose clamps at 1' intervals.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

21.
INNERDUCT
***
RA**
Innerduct shall be installed wherever fiber optic cable is installed in conduit, except conduit
housing Type D fiber optic cable. Wherever 4 inch conduit is required, four Size 3/4 inch
innerducts shall be installed unless otherwise specified.
22.
Copper cable shall not be mixed with F/O cable within the same innerduct.
23.
Innerduct consists of an extruded flexible annealed polyethylene tubing that is installed
inside conduit, and which in turn the fiber optic cable is installed. Innerduct within a conduit run
shall be continuous without splices or joints. Innerduct for this project shall be continuous
longitudinally ribbed inside and outside.
24.
***
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, innerduct for this project shall be nominal 13/4 inch
inside diameter, with wall thickness of 2300 m 8076 m, (0.0906 inch 0.003 inch), and shall
meet the following requirements:

HSGill
24a.
1. Polyethylene for innerduct shall have a density of 0.955 0.005 gm/cm3 (ASTM
Standard D-1505), and shall conform to the applicable portions of ASTM Designations:
D 3485, D 3035, D 2239, and D 2447, and the applicable portions of NEMA TC7 and
TC2. Tensile yield strength shall be a minimum of 23 Mpa22 753 kPa, (ASTM D-638).
RA
3
1. Polyethylene for innerduct shall have a density of 59.6187 0.3121 lb/in (ASTM
Designation: D 1505) and shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM
Designation: D 3485, D 3035, D 2239, and D 2447, and the applicable requirements of
NEMA TC7 and TC2. Tensile yield strength shall be 3300 psi minimum in accordance
with the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 638 retain English units

24b.
H Gill
***
2. Different innerducts within the same conduits shall be different colors and the colors
chosen shall be consistent with the required cables throughout the project. See the table
below:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Color Fiber optic cable

Blac Type A (24)
k
Oran Type B (60)
ge
Yello Type C (48)
w
Whit Empty
e
25.
RA
Pull tapes for future use shall be installed in the empty orange and white innerducts.
26.
The innerduct shall be shipped on reels marked with the manufacturer, the contract number,
and the size and length of the innerduct. The product on reels shall be covered with aluminized
material to protect colors from UV deterioration during shipment and storage.
27.
Immediately prior to installing innerducts, all conduits shall be blown out with compressed
air until all foreign material is removed. After cables, conductors or innerduct have been
installed, the ends of innerducts shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing plugs.
28.
A manufacturer recommended lubricant shall be applied between the innerducts and the
conduit during installation to reduce friction.
29.
RA**
Installation procedures shall conform to the procedures specified by the innerduct
manufacturer. If the innerduct is installed using mechanical assistance, a dynamometer shall be
used to record installation tension and a tension limiting device shall be used to prevent
exceeding the maximum pulling tension during installation. The tension shall be set to the
manufacturer's maximum limit. The maximum pulling tension shall be recorded for each
innerduct run. The innerduct shall not be stressed beyond the maximum bending radius allowed
by either the innerduct or fiber optic cable manufacturer.
30.
RA**
Immediately prior to installing cables, innerduct shall be blown out with compressed air until
all foreign material is removed. After cables have been installed, the ends of innerducts shall be
sealed with an approved type of rubber conduit plug.
31.
Each innerduct shall be one continuous unit within a conduit run.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

EDIT AS NECESSARYAND USE IF NEEDED***

32.
Split Wall Innerduct
Use when relocating fiber optic splice vaults and do not wish to cut and
splice the existing fiber optic cables, otherwise delete
RA
ISdR***
The split wall innerduct shall conform to the provisions under "Innerduct" of these special
provisions.Innerduct shall be installed wherever F/O cable is installed in conduit. Four Split
wall innerducts (hereafter written as "innerduct") shall be installed in the 4 inch fiber optic
conduit as shown on the plans. The fourth innerduct shall be the non-slit wall type. Each fiber
optic cable shall be installed in its own innerduct. Copper cable shall not be mixed with F/O
cable within the same innerduct.

33.
FIBER OPTIC SPLICE VAULT
Fiber optic splice vaults shall conform to the Western Underground Committee Guide
No. 3.6 "Nonconcrete Enclosures," except where differences are noted here, and the details on
the plans. Fiber optic splice vaults shall have minimum inside clearance of 914 mm 3 feet (W) x
1520 mm 5 feet (L) x 1520 mm 5 feet (D).
34.
Covers shall be 2 piece torsion assisted sections. Cover marking shall be "CALTRANS
FIBER OPTICS" on each cover section.
35.
Each cover section shall have inset lifting pull slots.
36.
Cover hold down bolts or cap screws and nuts shall be of brass, stainless steel, or other
non-corroding metal material.
37.
Covers shall be hot dipped galvanized steel.
38.
Fiber optic splice vaults and covers shall be rated for AASHTO HS 20-44 loads and installed
as detailed and where shown on the plans.
39.

A concrete encasement ring shall be poured around the splice vault as shown on the plans.
Concrete placed around and under traffic splice vaults as shown on the plans shall contain a
minimum of 325 kg 20.3 lbs of portland cement per cubic foot.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

40.
Hangers shall be made of a non-corroding material and be free of any sharp edges. A
separate hanger shall be provided for each type of fiber optic cable and be securely fastened to
the side wall with the slack fiber optic cable neatly coiled in a figure-eight configuration.
41.
A minimum of two "U shaped" knockouts are required on each side of the vault and shall be
configured to allow for future removal of the vault without disturbing the existing conduits.

42. Use on all District 8 projects instead of a rectangular splice vault,

where a splice vault is needed in a paved AC shoulder only.

Fiber Optic Splice Vault-Round

Fiber optic splice vaults shall conform to the Western Underground Committee Guide No.
3.6, "Nonconcrete Enclosures," except where differences are noted here or detailed on the plans.
Dimensions of round traffic fiber optic splice vaults shall be as shown on the plans.

43.
Fiber optic splice vault covers shall be rated for AASHTO HS 20-44 loading and shall be
installed at the locations and in the manner shown on the plans. Concrete place around and
under traffic splice vaults shall be minor concrete and shall contain not less than 325 kg 20.3 lbs
of portland cement per cubic meter foot.
44.
Hangers shall be made of a non-corroding material and be free of any sharp edges. A
separate hanger shall be provided for each type of fiber optic cable and be securely fastened to
the side wall of the vault allowing the slack fiber optic cable to be neatly coiled in a circular
configuration.
45.
Pulling eyes shall be installed as necessary to accommodate pulling of cables.
46.
RA**
Tops of fiber optic vaults shall be installed at grade in paved areas and 25 mm1" above grade
in unpaved areas.
RA**
47.
The round fiber optic vaults shall be installed at grade level in paved areas. and shall be set at
1" above grade in unpaved areas.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

48. To be used on all District 8 fiber optic projects with 4" conduits with
fiber
TRACER WIRE
RA
Tracer wire shall be provided and placed in the trench over PVC conduits containing fiber
optic cable and as shown in the plans. The wire shall be placed 2 inches above the uppermost
conduit in the trench or secured to the top of the uppermost conduit in the trench.
49.
Tracer wire shall be provided and placed in 4" conduits containing fiber optic cable and as
shown on the plans.
50.
RA**
Tracer wire shall be a No. 12, minimum, solid copper conductor with Type TW, THW,
RHW, or USE insulation. The tracer wire shall form a mechanically and electrically continuous
line throughout the length of the trench. A minimum of 3' of slack shall be extended into each
fiber optic pull box and splice vault from each direction.
51.
Tracer wires may be spliced at intervals of not less than 500'. Splices shall conform to
Section 86-2.09, "Wiring," of the Standard Specifications.
52.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

7. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS

10-3.28 MODIFY CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS

GENERAL

SUMMARY
XX

Modify Closed circuit television (CCTV) systems This work includes furnishing and
installing the following equipment cabinet, camera assembly, CCTV pole and performing
acceptance testing as per the plans, these special provisions and Section 86 "Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems," of the Standard Specifications:

Description
Camera Pole System
Cabinet Assembly
Camera Assembly
Camera Transceiver
Composite Cable
Acceptance Testing

2.
XX
The closed circuit television (CCTV) system shall conform to all rules and regulations of the
Federal Communications Commission.
3.
XX
The CCTV system shall be installed as a complete and operational system.
4.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any mounting adapter and bracket required
for installation of the CCTV system. All materials furnished, assembled, fabricated or installed
under this item shall be new, corrosion resistant and in strict accordance with the details shown
on the plans and in the specifications.

5.
CAMERA POLE SYSTEM
The camera pole sheet steel shall have a minimum yield of 48,000 psi331 MPa.
Modifications for hand hole, connector bracket and strain relief shall be made as shown on the
plans.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

6.
The camera pole system shall include all necessary mounting hardware and wiring,
foundation and anchor bolts and other equipment, as shown on the plans and specified in these
special provisions.

7.
CABINET ASSEMBLY
Each cabinet assembly shall consist of the following:

1. Cabinet Enclosure
2. Power Distribution Assembly
3. Interconnect and Termination Unit

XX

8.
Cabinet Enclosure
XX
Each cabinet enclosure shall be constructed as per Section 86-3.04A, "Cabinet Construction,"
of the Standard Specifications for aluminum material and a NEMA 4 type with dimensions as
shown on the plan sheets. This enclosure shall house the CCTV equipment, housing and
mounting cage as shown on the plans.

9.
The enclosure and doors shall be fabricated of 0.125-inch minimum thickness aluminum. All
exterior seams for enclosures and doors shall be continuously welded.
10.
Exterior welds shall be ground smooth. Edges shall be filed to a radius of 0.03-inch,
minimum.
11.
Enclosures fabricated from aluminum sheet shall conform to the requirements in ASTM
Designation: B 209 or B 209M for 5052-H32 aluminum sheet.

A. Welding on aluminum enclosures shall be done by the gas metal arc welding (GMAW)
process using bare aluminum welding electrodes. Electrodes shall conform to the
requirements in American Welding Society (AWS) A5.10 for ER5356 aluminum alloy
bare welding electrodes.
B. Procedures, welders and welding operators for welding on aluminum shall be qualified in
conformance with the requirements in AWS B3.0, "Welding Procedure and Performance
Qualification," and to the practices recommended in AWS C5.6.
C. The surfaces of each aluminum enclosure shall be finished to conform to the
requirements in Military Specification MIL-A-8625C "Anodic Coatings for Aluminum
and Aluminum Alloys" for a Type II, Class I coating, except that the anodic coating shall

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

have a minimum thickness of 0.0007-inch and a minimum coating weight of 0.001-ounce

per square inch. The anodic coating shall be sealed in a 5 percent aqueous solution of
nickel acetate (pH 5.0 to 6.5) for 15 minutes at 97C. Prior to applying the anodic
coating, the enclosures shall be cleaned and etched as follows:
1. Clean by immersion in inhibited alkaline cleaner such as Oakite 61A or Diversey 909,
or equivalent, 6 ounces to 8 ounces per gallon, 71C for 5 minutes.
2. Rinse in cold water.
3. Etch in a solution of 11/2 ounce of sodium fluoride, plus 4 ounces to 6 ounces of
sodium hydroxide per gallon of distilled water at 60C to 65C for 5 minutes.
4. Rinse in cold water.
5. Desmut in a 50 percent by volume nitric acid solution at room temperature for
2 minutes.
6. Rinse in cold water.

12.
The enclosure front door shall be equipped with a lock. When the door is closed and latched,
the door shall be locked. The handle shall have provision for padlocking in the closed position.
The handle shall have a minimum length of 7 inches and shall be provided with a 5/8 inch,
minimum, steel shank. The handle shall be fabricated of cast aluminum or of zinc-plated or
cadmium-plated steel. The enclosure door frame shall be designed so that the latching
mechanism will hold tension on and form a firm seal between door gasketing and door frame.
Enclosure locks shall be the solid brass, 6-pin tumbler rim type. The lock shall have rectangular,
spring-loaded bolts. The locks shall be left hand, and rigidly mounted with stainless steel
machine screws approximately 2 inches apart. Keys shall be removable in the locked and
unlocked positions, and 2 keys furnished with each enclosure. The front position of the lock
shall extend 1/8 inch to 3/8 inch beyond the outside surface of the door.
13.
The latching mechanism shall be a 3-point enclosure latch with nylon rollers. The center
catch and pushrods shall be zinc-plated or cadmium-plated steel. Pushrods shall be turned
edgewise at the outer supports and shall be 1/4" x 3/4", minimum. The nylon rollers shall have a
minimum diameter of 3/4 inch and shall be equipped with ball bearings.
14.
Hinges on enclosures may be aluminum with a stainless steel hinge pin. The hinges shall be
bolted to the enclosure. The hinge pins and bolts shall not be accessible when the door is closed.
15.
Gasketing shall be provided on all door openings and shall be dust-tight. Gaskets shall be
permanently bonded to the metal. The mating surface of the gasketing shall be covered with a
silicone lubricant to prevent sticking to the mating surface.
16.
Details of alternative designs shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the
fabrication of the enclosures.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

17.
Substantial metal shelves or brackets shall be provided to support the batteries specified
elsewhere.
18.
Machine screws and bolts shall not protrude beyond the outside wall of the enclosure.
19.
Conduit shall enter the enclosure at the rear unless shown otherwise on the plans.
20.
The police panel is not required.
21.
The cabinet enclosure shall include the housing and mounting cage as shown on the plans.

22.
Power Distribution Assembly
The power distribution assembly shall consist of the following:

1. One 15 A, 120 V, single pole main breaker

2. Four standard 120 V receptacles
3. One duplex, 3 prong, NEMA Type 5-15R grounded utility type outlet
4. One multiple outlet strip with the following specifications:
5. Protection Modes: All 3: H-N, H-G, N-G.
6. High Frequency Noise Suppression: Up to 80 dB from 50 kHz to 1,000 MHz.
7. High Voltage Transient Spike Suppression: Up to 36,000 A spikes.
8. Cord: 6 foot with grounded 3-prong plug.
9. Diagnostic circuitry and lamps indicating:

9.1. LINE OK
9.2. LINE FAULT
9.3. PROTECTION PRESENT

23.
The power distribution assembly shall meet the following requirements:

1. Maximum Energy Absorption: 720 J

2. Transient Response Time: instantaneous (0.1 ns)
3. Rated Current and Load Handling: 15 Amperes Max (1,800 W), 15 A per socket
(1,800 Watts) Rated Voltage: 120 V(ac), 50/60 Hz.
4. Meet UL 1449, UL 1283 and UL 497A specifications.
15 A CB is listed above. JRG***
H. Circuit Breaker: 15 A.
Receptacle listed above. JRG***
I. Receptacles: 6 (NEMA 5-15R).

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

24.
Interconnect and Termination Unit
The Contractor shall furnish and install all related equipment to interface the rack mount
interconnect and termination unit (ITU) to the incoming fiber optic communications cable and
the patchcord fiber optic cable.
25.
The ITU shall be a modular enclosure that provides interconnect capability of one multi-fiber
cable to a minimum of 12 single fiber cable. The ITU shall be environmentally sealed and
contain grommets at the cable entrances to prevent any ingress of dirt or moisture. Strain relief
shall be provided for the fiber optic cable. The ITU shall contain a splice tray, connector panel
and the appropriate number of pigtails which will be fusion spliced to the incoming fiber cable.
Each fiber shall be fusion spliced to a pigtail with a factory installed and polished SC connector.
Each pigtail shall be labeled and secured onto cable as described elsewhere in these special
provisions. Brackets shall be provided to spool the incoming fiber optic cable to minimum of
3 turns before separating out individual fibers to the connector panel.
26.
RA
The ITU shall be packaged in a rack unit with approximate dimensions of 17" (W) x 2" (H) x
12" (D) and have a metal housing slide-out shelf. The ITU shall contain grommets at cable
entrances and provide strain relief for the fiber cable. The ITU shall accommodate
12 singlemode fibers having SC type connector feed through adapters and 12 interconnection
points or 12 splices. The components of the passive interconnect package shall be installed in
the ITU.
27.
RA
The ITU shall be a metal enclosure with a hinged door. The door shall have a latch or
thumbscrew to hold the door in the closed position. An opening shall be provided on the back
side of the incoming fiber optic communications cable. Connector panels (for up to 12 SC
connectors) shall be provided inside the enclosure. Strain relief shall be provided for the
incoming fiber optic cable. A guard shall be provided to protect the patchcord fiber optic cables
plugged into this enclosure.

28.
CAMERA ASSEMBLY
The camera assembly shall consist of:

Description
Camera Module
Environmental Enclosure
Video Encoder

29.
The camera assembly units shall be fully assembled, pressurized and tested at the original
manufacturing facility and shipped as a complete unit, ready for installation.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

RA
30.
Camera Module
1. Image Sensor: Progressive ScanEx-View ICX445AKA CCD
2. Image Size: Diagonal (1/3" type)
3. Image Resolution: 1280 (H); 720 (V)
4. Picture Elements (total): 1348 (H) x 976 (V)
5. Video Output: 16 Bit Digital YUV: 4.2.0
6. Day/Night Operation: Adjustable (Auto, Color and Mono Modes) via removable IR cut
filter
7. Maximum Lens Aperture: f/1.6 (wide) to f/2.8 (telescopic)
8. Optical Zoom Range: 18X, 4.7 mm to 84.6 mm with X4 Digital zoom from web browser
9. Optical Zoom Speed: Two speeds, from approximately 3.5 to 5 seconds full range
10. Horizontal Angle of View: Optical: From 55.2 to 3.2 degrees
11. Minimum Focus Distance: 0.01 m (wide); 1.0 m (telescopic)
12. Auto Focus: Selectable Auto/Manual; Minimum Scene Illumination for Reliable Auto
Focus shall be no more than 50 percent video output.
13. Manual Shutter: Selectable shutter speeds shall be from 1/30 to 1/10,000.
14. Auto Iris; Selectable auto/manual; Iris shall automatically adjust to compensate for
changes in scene illumination to maintain constant video level output within sensitivity
specifications.
15. Sensitivity: Scene Illumination; F1.6 at 50 percent video
16. 1.8 Lux (0.18 fc) at 1/30 shutter, color mode
17. 0.1 Lux (0.01 fc) at 1/30 shutter, mono mode

31.
Environmental Enclosure
The environmental enclosure shall be a corrosion resistant and tamperproof sealed and
pressurized housing with 5 psi dry nitrogen with Schrader purge fitting and 20 psi relief valve for
each camera. The size of the housing shall be 3.5 in diameter or smaller.
32.
The camera housing shall include a loss of pressure sensor that will trigger an alarm message
that will be inserted in the video output signal when the pressure drops below 0.5 psi.
33.
The enclosure shall be constructed from 6061-T6 standard aluminum tubing with a wall
thickness of 0.25 0.03 inch. Internal components shall be mounted to a rail assembly. A
copper plated spring-steel ring shall be used to ensure electrical bonding of the rail assembly and
components to the camera housing. The housing exterior shall be finished by pre-treatment with
conversion coating and baked enamel paint. The camera enclosure shall be designed to
withstand the effects of sand, dust, and hose-directed water.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-6

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

34.
The internal humidity of the housing shall be less than 10 percent, when sealed and
pressurized. Desiccant packs shall be securely placed inside the housing to absorb any residual
moisture and maintain internal humidity at 10 percent or less.
35.
A sun shield shall be provided to shield the entire housing from direct sunlight.
36.
The camera assembly shall meet the following requirements:

RA
36a.
1. Pan and Tilt Drive Unit Requirements:

1.1. Must be capable of continuous rotation in either direction.

1.2. Tilt movement shall be 130 degrees, from +40 to 90 degrees unobstructed.
1.3. Pan Speed (Operator Control) shall be variable from 0.1/s to 40 /s
1.4. Pan Speed (Preset Control) shall be greater than 100/s
1.5. Tilt Speed (Operator Control): Variable from 0.1/s to 20/s
1.6. Tilt Speed (Preset Control): 40/s
1.7. The 64 Pan and Tilt preset positions shall be repeatable within 0.5

36b.
2. Power Requirements:

2.1. Operating voltage shall be from 108 V(ac) to 132 V(ac), 120 V(ac) nominal,
50/60 Hz. (3.0 Hz).
2.2. Power consumption shall not exceed a total of 95 Watts.
2.3. Camera/receiver/P&T driver (pan & tilt in motion) power not to exceed 40 Watts.
2.4. Power for the heater (heater on) shall not exceed 6 Watts.

36c.
3. Environmental Specifications
The environmental enclosure shall meet the minimum standard requirements as set forth in
Section 2 of the NEMA Standard Publication No. TS2 for temperature, vibration, shock, external
icing, corrosion protection and the following:

1. Temperature: -34C to 74C tested across low and high voltage ranges per Nema-TS2
paragraphs 2.1.2 and 2.1.3.
2. Vibration: Per Nema-TS2 paragraphs 2.1.9, 2.2.3, 5-30Hz sweep @ 0.5g applied in each
of 3 mutually perpendicular planes.
3. Shock: Per Nema-TS2 paragraphs 2.1.10, 2.2.4, 10g applied in each of 3 mutually
perpendicular planes.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-7

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

3.1. Water Spray: Per IEC 60529+A1, 1999, Para 14.2.6, Solid water stream delivered
thru 12.5 mm nozzle at 25 gallons/minute at 9 ft for 3 minutes
5. External Icing: Per Nema-TS2 250-2003, paragraphs 5.6
6. Corrosion Protection: Per Nema 250-2003, paragraphs 5.10
3.2. Humidity: From 0 to 100 percent N.C per MIL-E-5400T, paragraphs 3.2.24.4
3.3. Standards: IP66, IP67, ASTM-B117 Marine

36d.
4. Mechanical Specifications:

4.1. The weight shall not exceed 28 lb.

4.2. The dimensions shall not exceed 17" (height) by 11" (width).

ISdR***
RA
36e.
5. Mounting Specifications
Four (4) mounting holes shall be from 0.39 inches to 0.43 inches in diameter and match the
bolt pattern as detailed in Caltrans standard the plans sheet ES-16A (Camera Mounting Plate) as
found in the Standard Plans.

36f.
6. Main Interface Connector
The main interface connector shall be equivalent to an Amphenol 206036-3 with back shell
206070-1 and mating connector equivalent to an Amphenol 206037-11 with clamp 206070-1.

37.
Video Encoder
The CCTV assembly system shall fully integrate within the H.264/MJPEG encoding
component with functions as specified below:

1. Video Encoding: H.264 (Main Profile/Level 3.1) and MJPEG standards.

2. Video Streams: Two independently configurable streams; (2) H.264 streams or (1)H.264
and (1) MJPEG or (1) H.264 or MJPEG and 1 NTSC.
ISdR***
3. Video Stream Configuration Properties (Stream Settings):

3.1. Video Stream 1: H.264

3.2. Video Stream 2: H.264 or MJPEG

64. Image Resolution: 720p, D1, VGA, CIF

75. Streaming Mode: CBR or VBR
86. Image Settings: (GOP (M, N)), Quality Value
97. Frame Rate: 30, 15, 7, 4, 2, 1

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-8

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

108. Connection Types: Uni-cast, multi-unicast or multi-cast

119. Data Rate: Adjustable from 64 k to 8 Mb/s CCTV assembly Video Latency:
<150 ms
1210. Network Protocol Layers: RTP, RTSP, UDP, TCP, IP, HTTP, IGMPv2, ICMP,
ARP as a minimum

38.
Operational parameters of the video encoder shall meet the following:

38a.
1. Functional Capabilities:

1.1. Provide an integrated network Internet Protocol (IP) camera providing: 720p/30
video with H.264/MJPEG compression and encoding for providing video images
transported over standard Ethernet infrastructures.
1.2. Integrate an HDTV standards 720p resolution at 30 frames/s day/night camera with
integral 18x motorized zoom optics, an H.264/MJPEG ASIC based encoding engine
and network communication circuitry Automatic and user-selectable speed setting
1.3. Support for uni-cast and multi-cast connections, using RTP/RTSP network layers
1.4. Provide an integral web HTTP server allowing password protected
administration/configuration capabilities along with full camera and positioning
system control and viewing functions.
1.5. Provide a software development kit (SDK) for allowing any 3rd party developers all
necessary tools for integrating the camera assembly system into the users control
system environment.
1.6. Provide hybrid capability delivering both Ethernet and analog composite video and
RSEIA-422 serial connections for external system connections and control.
1.7. The positioning drive system shall provide speed capability from 0.1 to 80 degrees
per second, with a 0.25 degree repeatability, 360 degree continuous pan rotation,
and from +90 to 90 degree tilt range as a minimum.
1.8. Include an advanced ID generation capability for indications of viewing direction,
compass setting, azimuth/elevation position, location descriptors and user defined
image/logo.
1.9. Be designed conforming to NEMA TS2 requirements for power, shock and
vibration as well as IP66 and IP67 environmental standards.

38b.
2. Communication and Camera Addressing Protocol:

2.1. Serial data communications ports conforming to EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-422.

2.2. Configurable to support NTCIP 1205 v01.08 - NTCIP Objects for CCTV Camera
Control.
2.3. Via the CCTV protocol, the user shall be able to obtain camera position information
including tilt angles, pan positions and zoom levels. The information shall be

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-9

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

supplied as from zero degree to 359 degrees azimuth and from 95 degree to
+95 degree elevation.
2.4. Cohu and Javelin protocols or equivalent.
2.5. TCP/IP 100 Base T Fast Ethernet data communication port.

38c.
Upon receipt of any given command, the camera positioning system shall not take longer
than 1.0 second to respond.
38d.
All programmable functions shall be stored in non-volatile memory and shall not be lost if a
power failure occurs. System configurations such as video privacy zones, preset text and sector
ID shall be able to be stored in a computer file and a camera personality can be cloned or
uploaded into a camera in the event that a camera replacement is necessary.
38e.
The communications transmission interface shall be terminated with appropriate connector.
If required a converter shall be supplied to transform EIA-422 to EIA-232.

38f.
3. Backward Compatibility with Mpc-M-100/104/105 Master Controller:

3.1. Address Selection: Same on Camera Positioning System.

3.2. Camera Power ON/OFF: Camera turns on/off.
3.3. Auto / Manual Iris Select: Same on Camera Positioning System.
3.4. Fast / Slow: Provides two speeds for zoom.
3.5. Auto / Manual Color Balance Select: Auto / Manual shutter Select on Camera
Positioning System.
3.6. BLUE: Increases blue level.
3.7. RED: Increases red level.
3.8. ZOOM: Same on Camera Positioning System.
3.9. FOCUS: Focus Control if in Manual focus mode, no effect if in auto focus mode.
3.10. IRIS: Iris Control if in Manual iris, no effect if in auto iris.
3.11. PAN / TILT: Controls Pan and Tilt direction. Speed of pan and tilt is determined
by Fast / Slow mode selection and by optical zoom position of lens, so that the
narrower the field of view the slower the pan and tilt speed. In the fast mode, the
pan speed shall be adjusted to provide approximately 1 1/2 to 2 1/2 fields of view
per second. In the slow mode the pan speed shall be adjusted to provide
approximately 1/2 to 1 field of view per second. The tilt speed shall be adjusted to
remain proportional to the pan speed.

38g.
4. Presets
Allows Presets 1 through 10 to be set or recalled. Selecting presets 1-10 shall control presets
33 through 42 stored in Camera Positioning System.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-10

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

38h.
5. Character Generator Specifications:

5.1. ID Characters are white with a black border.

5.2. A maximum of six lines of user programmable alphanumeric text can be displayed,
plus two fixed display lines for low-pressure indicator and Privacy Zones.
5.3. Text shall only be displayed in uppercase characters.
5.4. Camera ID shall be up to 2 lines, each up to 24 characters long. If both lines are
programmed Line 1 of Camera ID shall always appear above Line 2 of Camera ID
regardless of top or bottom selection.
5.5. Preset ID: 1 line with up to 24 characters long, user programmable for each of the
64 preset positions. When a preset position is recalled the corresponding preset ID
shall be displayed. The preset ID shall remain displayed until a pan, tilt, zoom,
manual focus, auto focus select, or another preset command is received.
5.6. Low Pressure Indicator: 1 line, "Low Pressure", messages shall be displayed in
"blinking" or "non-blinking" mode and be displayed when activated by low internal
pressure. Adjustable set points by altitude shall be provided via the serial port to
activate low-pressure. Message shall be enabled or disabled.
5.7. Temperature Indicator shall be 1 line, in degrees C and numeric messages shall be
displayed in "blinking" or "non-blinking" mode. Message shall be enabled or
disabled.
5.8. Sector Message: Up to 16 sectors in 360 degrees may be defined with up to
24 characters long.
5.9. Message shall be programmable via the RS-422 serial communications.
5.10. Message positioning shall be accomplished by padding left side of message with
spaces.
5.11. Messages can be positioned at either the top or the bottom of display. Blank lines
are not displayed. Any programmed line being displayed shall fill in toward the top
if top positioning is selected or toward the bottom if bottom position is selected.

38i.
6. Privacy Zones:
Video blanking for up to 8 Privacy zones shall be provided. The video shall be blanked out
for privacy of 1 line; numeric messages can also be displayed. Message shall be displayed in
"blinking" or "non-blinking" mode and be enabled or disabled. Privacy Zones shall be
programmed via the RS-422 serial communications.

38j.
7. Maintenance Functions:

JRG***
The camera system shall support maintenance features as defined below:
7.1. Querying of camera parameters via the Ethernet connection.
7.2. The camera parameters consists of:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-11

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

7.2.1. Serial Number

7.2.2. Software Revision
7.2.3. Assembly Date
7.2.4. Camera Model Number

7.3. Internal temperature and pressure monitoring and reporting

7.4. Remote software upload and updates via Ethernet
7.5. Camera device auto discovery of IP address
7.6. Camera system auto re-connect
7.7. Camera system reset
7.8. Save and restore camera system start-up configuration

38k.
8. IP Management:

JRG***
The CCTV assembly shall provide at minimum the following network configuration
properties:
8.1. IP Configuration: DHCP or Static IP address entry.
8.2. Net mask address entry
8.3. Gateway address entry
8.4. Domain name entry
8.5. DNS server entry

38l.
9. Tour Sequencing Requirements:

9.1. Eight - tour sequence may be defined.

9.2. Programming of the tour sequences shall be accomplished by the selection of a
preset position (by number), and then selection a dwell time. The presets can be
used in any order, and the same preset may be used more than once as long as the
total number of preset positions used does not exceed 32.
9.3. The dwell time defines the length of time paused at each preset position. It can be
from 1 second to 60 seconds. The dwell time is can be changed individually for all
stops on the tour.
9.4. If the appropriate preset ID is programmed, it shall be displayed for each preset
position used on the tour.
9.5. The tour shall stop upon receipt of a pan command.
9.6. All programmable functions shall be stored in non-volatile memory.
RA

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-12

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

39.
CAMERA TRANSCEIVER
The Contractor shall furnish and install a camera transceiver (TCVR) at the camera site to
interface with the CCTV camera assembly, and with the fiber optic cable.
40.
The TCVR shall operate on one single mode fiber.
41.
The TCVR shall support high quality, simultaneous two-way transmission of camera control
data and one-way transmission of camera video over one single mode fiber. The TCVR shall
receive RS-232 data for the CCTV assembly and shall transmit NTSC video from the CCTV
camera assembly.
42.
The TCVR video transmission and data receiving format used in the camera junction box
shall be compatible with the TCVR video receiving and data transmitting format used in the
communications hub structure.
43.
The TCVR may be packaged as one surface mountable module or may be individual
components such as a receiver, transmitter and wavelength division multiplexer to combine both
data and video onto one single mode fiber.
44.
Supply voltage shall be 120 V(ac) 10 percent, 60 Hz. Lower voltage units will be
acceptable if a UL listed power conversion module is used to adapt from the 120 V(ac) source.
45.
Power required shall be 50 W maximum.
46.
Mounting shall be to a flat wall surface.
47.
***
Operating temperature range shall be from -40 to +16258 F minimum range.
48.
Video transmitter section shall meet the following requirements:

Input Level: 1 V(p-p) (NTSC composite)

Signal-to-Noise ratio at minimum receiver 50 dB Min
input:
Differential phase (From 10 to 90 percent 3 degrees Max
APL):
Differential gain (From 10 to 90 percent 3 percent Max
APL):
Frequency Response: From 100 kHz to 5.5 MHz: 0.30 dB
Max
From 5.5 MHz to 8 MHz: 0.6 dB Max

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-13

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

48a.
1. RS-232 receiver section shall meet the following requirements:

1.1. Data rate: From DC to 9.6 kbps Min

-9
1.2. Bit error rate: 10 Max

48b.
2. Optical shall meet the following requirements:

1. Video transmitter shall meet the following requirements:

2.1. Operating wavelength: 1300 nm or 1550 nm
2.2. Launch power: -14 dBm Min
2.3. Sensitivity (receiver): -28 dBm Max
2.4. Loss budget: 14 dB Min
2.5. Fiber compatibility: 8.3/125 m singlemode

48c.
3. EIA-232 receiver shall meet the following requirements:

3.1. Operating wavelength: 1300 nm or 1550 nm

3.2. Loss budget: 20 dB
3.3. Fiber compatibility: 8.3/125 m singlemode

48d.
4. Connectors shall meet the following requirements:

4.1. Video input: BNC

4.2. EIA-232: DB-9, DB-15 or DB-25
4.3. Optical: Type SC

49.
The TCVR units shall be tested prior to installation to ensure proper operation with the
camera control transmitter.
50.
The Contractor shall confirm the operation of the TCVR, after installation, using test
equipment which emulates all the functions of the camera control transmitter, and shall
document all results and keep test equipment in operation until witnessed and approved by the
Engineer.
51.
The Contractor shall confirm equipment placement with the Engineer before installing any
equipment.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-14

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

52.
After installing all TCVR units and the communication system, the Contractor shall
demonstrate operation of the camera control system and assign all system parameters using the
camera control system located at the communication hub that the CCTV is assigned to.
53.
The camera control system functions shall be tested on all TCVR units and shall operate all
remote control functions, for example pan and tilt, zoom in and out, focus near and far, set up,
and recall up to eight preset positions per remote TCVR address. The response of the camera
control system shall appear to be instantaneous.
54.
The Contractor shall demonstrate the camera control system to show that it can access all
TCVR units.
55.
Testing of the transceiver.
Where is "TCVR-CH" defined? JRG***
It is my understanding that we can delete any refrence to the TCVR-CH or any work
that is in the HUB RA
RA
The Contractor shall be responsible for all testing and documentation required for proper
installation and operation of the camera transceivers, materials and equipment. The following
identifies the specific quality control requirements for both the TCVR and TCVR-CH
(Communication Hub). The TCVR-CH is described elsewhere.
56.
Prior to installation all transceivers shall be tested. The Contractor shall input a standard
level video test signal into the TCVR at the camera site and adjust the optical power output of the
TCVR to receive a mid-range optical power level for the distance end TCVR-CH located at the
communication hub needed to produce the required video receiver output level.
57.
RA
The distance end TCVR-CH's video output shall then be connected to a monitor for viewing
with the level adjusted to the mid-range of any output settings. The Contractor shall then
qualitatively assess the monitor output. Video shall be of high quality with good color and no
image ghosting. The signal-to-noise ratio and signal-to-low frequency noise ratio shall be
measured and recorded. No optical attenuation devices shall be used to reduce optical signals to
required operating range. All indicators shall be verified to function correctly.

58.
COMPOSITE CABLE
The interconnect wiring between the CCTV camera assembly, pan and tilt unit and the
transceiver (TCVR) and the camera control receiver (CCR) shall be a composite cable that
includes flexible 75 Ohm coaxial cable, power conductors, control cable and a separate CAT 5E
outdoor rated cable.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-15

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

59.
Connectors shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.
60.
Interconnect wiring and connectors shall be supplied and installed to make the CCTV
subsystem completely operational.
61.
Specifications of all cable assemblies, including connectors with strain relief backshells, shall
be submitted to the Engineer as part of the shop drawings for review and approval.
62.
Wiring shall run continuous from source to destination without splices.
63.
Cables shall be installed without damaging the conductors, insulation, or jacket. The coaxial
cables shall not be kinked or bent tighter than the manufacturer's recommended bending radius.
64.
Sufficient slack shall be provided for equipment movement. The cable shall be secured and
protected from physical damage.
65.
All interconnect wiring and connectors shall meet or exceed all necessary standards with
regards to voltage, current, and environmental ratings.
66.
Control cable shall be routed from the CCTV camera assembly and pan and tilt drive unit to
the CCR and TCVR inside the camera pole. A ground wire shall be provided between the CCTV
camera assembly and the camera pole.
67.
When interconnect cable is broken out onto a terminal strip, the coaxial cable shall be
terminated with a BNC type connector. The BNC type connectors shall be an integral part of the
terminal strip.
68.
The cables and connectors shall be installed to allow the camera and lens to be disconnected
without removing the environmental camera enclosure and to remove the environmental camera
enclosure (including camera) without removing the pan and tilt drive unit.
69.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all testing and documentation required to establish
approval and acceptance of the production, installation, and operation of these materials and
equipment.
70.
The following identifies the specific quality control requirements for this special provision:

1. The Contractor shall test all cables for continuity and shorts or grounds. Tests on cables
with connectors attached (connectorized) shall be performed after installation.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-16

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

2. The Contractor shall carry out system integration testing to ensure that the video interface
and camera interconnect wiring performs to the specified standards when used in
operation with all other devices installed under this project.

71.
ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Upon installation of the CCTV system in the field, the Contractor shall perform the following
tests locally in the presence of the Engineer, with a Contractor provided camera controller. The
camera controller can be a laptop computer with the latest version of the vendor supplied camera
control software and be compatible with the CCTV system.

71a.
1. Iris Auto//Manual Operation:

1.1. With IRIS Auto/Manual switch in Manual, open Iris and verify that the video image
lightens.
1.2. Close the Iris and verify that the video image darkens.
1.3. Open the Iris to lighten the image and then switch IRIS Auto/Manual switch to
auto. Verify that the camera iris closes to produce the original video image.
1.4. Close the Iris to darken the image and then switch IRIS Auto/Manual switch to
auto. Verify that the camera iris opens to produce the original video image.

71b.
2. Focus Auto/Manual Operation:

2.1. With Focus Auto/Manual switch in Manual, demonstrate that the camera can focus
on objects both near and far in the field of view.
2.2. Focus near, then switch FOCUS Auto/Manual switch to auto and demonstrate that
the camera focus adjusts automatically to bring the image back in focus.
2.3. Focus far, then switch FOCUS Auto/Manual switch to auto and demonstrate that
the camera focus adjusts automatically to bring the image back in focus.

71c.
3. Zoom Telephoto//Wide Operation:

3.1. With the IRIS and FOCUS Auto/Manual switches in Auto the Contractor shall
demonstrate that the auto IRIS & FOCUS adjustments operate with a focused
picture present in the video image and that the picture zooms in and out.
3.2. With IRIS and FOCUS Auto/Manual switch in Manual and operating the Zoom
from wide angle to Telephoto the Contractor shall demonstrate that all IRIS and
FOCUS adjustments do not operate as if in Auto and that picture still zooms in and
out.
3.3. Demonstrate that the Digital zoom functions through 10 times the focal length.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-17

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

71d.
4. Tilt Operation
The Contractor shall demonstrate that with Iris and Focus in Auto, and Zoom in wide
mode that the camera has free movement with a minimum range from +30 to 80 degrees
elevation range travel.
71e.
5. Pan Right/Left Operation
The Contractor shall demonstrate that with Iris and Focus in Auto, and Zoom in wide
mode and with the camera tilted range from +30 to -80 degrees the camera shall rotate
with free movement, with a minimum of 360 pan travel range.
71f.
6. Camera Preset Operation:

6.1. Using camera control software the Contractor shall demonstrate that the camera
system shall execute a minimum of 6 various preset positions employing various
degrees of zoom, pan and tilt. The camera must move freely from on preset
position to the next. The camera system shall not take more than 4 seconds to go to
a preset position. Once in the preset position the camera shall not move unless
directed by another command.
6.2. The camera control software shall automatically and continuously test all 6 preset
positions in succession for a minimum of one hour.

71g.
7. ID Generation
Using camera ID Generator and vendor supplied camera control software the Contractor
shall demonstrate the insertion of 20 text characters into the video image.
71h.
8. Performance:

8.1. Streaming outputs: 720x480 at 15FPS, 176x144 at 6FPS, and a 320x240-JPEG

image.
8.2. A thermal monitor may be enabled to maintain the processor within the published
specification.
8.3. The video output stream generated from the test archive file shall be
continuous/seamless and without error/glitches when played back.

WARRANTY

RA
The camera assembly shall be warranted against defects and any failure which may occur
through normal use for a minimum of four (4) years from the date of delivery.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-18

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

8. WIRELESS ETHERNET RADIO (WER)

WIRELESS ETHERNET RADIO (WER)

DESCRIPTION
The Wireless Ethernet Radio (WER) Assembly shall include the WER radios, WER antennas
and WER interconnect wiring.

WER RADIO
8-9-10, RS***
The Wireless Ethernet Radio (WER) shall provide a wireless serial RSEIA-232 and Ethernet
communication link to stand-alone field elements. The WER shall act as a RSEIA-232 and
Ethernet gateway.
Carrier Detect (CD) or Clear to Send (CTS) signal shall be asserted 0.1s +/- 0.01s prior to
data being transmitted and shall be de-asserted 0.1s +/-0.01s after the last byte sequence is
transmitted.

WER radio minimum requirements:

8-9-10, RS***

1. Frequency of Operation: 902 928 MHz

2. Spread Spectrum: Frequency Hopping and DTS
3. Hopping Channels: 50/Pattern
4. Error Detection: 32bitCRC, ARQ
5. RF Data Rate: 345kbps and 1.384Mbps upgradable to 1.9Mbps
6 Ports: 1 RSEIA-232/RSEIA-485/RSEIA-422, 1 RSEIA-232
Serial Port, 1 Ethernet, 1 USB
7. Serial Baud Rate: 300 baud to 921 kbaud
8. Receiver Sensitivity: -97dBm at 1.384Mbps and -105dBm at 345kpbs
9. Data Encryption: 128 bit AES upgradeable to optional 256 bit AES
10. RF-Power: 100mW to 1W (20-30dBm) programmable in 1dB steps
11. System Gain: 135dB system gain w/unity again antenna
12. Serial Ports: Two RSEIA-232: RxD, TxD, RTS, CTS, DCD, DSR, DTR
RSEIA-422: Tx+, Tx-, Rx+, Rx-
RSEIA-485: 4 wire/2wire
Baud rate: 300bps to 921kbps
13. Serial Connectors: DB-9F and RJ45 mini USB
14. Sleep Mode: Supported on RSEIA-232 and Remote Wake up
15. USB: USB to Serial routing
USB interface
USB Console
USB to Ethernet routing
Wireless USB to Ethernet Routing
16. Antenna Connector: Reverse Polarity TNC Male
17. Size: 3.75 inches x 2.25 inches x 1.75 inches
18. Ethernet: RJ-45, 10/100 BaseT IEEE 802.3

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

19. Network Protocols: FTP, Serial over IP, Multicast

TCP, UDP, ARP, ICMP, DHCP, HTTP, SNMP
Serial to IP conversion, Quality of Service, Firewalling
Features and Port blocking
20. Management: Local Serial Port Console, Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS
21. Diagnostics: Battery voltage, Temperature, RSSI
Remote diagnostics
22. Operating Modes: Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint, Store
Forward Repeater, Peer-to-Peer
23. Ethernet Interface: RJ-45, 10/100BaseT, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet compliant auto-
sense, auto-negotiate
24. Operating Temperature: -40 C to +85 C

WER ANTENNA - OMNI DIRECTIONAL

The WER Omni Directional Antenna shall be compatible with the WER.

Antenna minimum requirements:

8-9-10, RS***
1. Form Factor: 25 maximum height
2. Beam Width: Omni Directional
3. Frequency: 902-928 MHz
4. VSWR: 1.5:1 or Less
5. Power: 150 Watts max
6. Gain: 8db-Meg
7. Impedance: 50 ohm
8. Connector: N-type Female
9. Environmental: -40 C to +70 C

WER ANTENNA-DIRECTIONAL
The WER Directional Antenna (DA) shall be compatible with the WER.

Antenna minimum requirements:

8-9-10, RS***

1. Bandwidth: >70 MHz auto-negotiate

2. Beam Width: 65 Horizontal / 55 Vertical
3. Polarization: Vertical / Horizontal
4. Radiation: Directional
5. Frequency: 902-928 MHz
6. VSWR: 1.5:1 or Less
7. Power 300 Watts max
8. Gain: 6dBd
9. Lightning Protection: DC Ground
10. Wind Velocity: >100MPH

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

11. Impedance: 50 ohm

12. Feed Connection: Reverse Polarity TNC (N-Female)
13. Maximum Length: 41.5"
14. Mounting: For both Polarizations
15. Environmental: -40 C to +70 C

Certificate of Compliance
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance from the
manufacturer in accordance with NEMA TS1/2 Environmental Requirements for Traffic Control
Equipment.

WER INTERCONNECT WIRING

The WER interconnect wiring consists of the coaxial and CAT 5E cables and shall be
installed as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions and as recommended by
the manufacturer.
All connectors shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation. All
connectors installed outside the enclosure shall be weather proof and watertight. Weather
proofing and water sealing shall be included, provided and installed.
Specifications of all cable assemblies, including connectors with strain relief backshells, shall
be submitted to the Engineer as part of the shop drawings for review and approval.
Interconnect cabling and wiring shall run continuous from the source to destination without
splices.
Three feet of slack shall be provided for equipment movement. All cabling shall be secured
and protected from physical damage.
All interconnect wiring and connectors shall meet or exceed all necessary standards with
regards to voltage, current and environmental ratings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all testing and documentation required to establish
approval and acceptance of the production, installation and operation of these materials and
equipment.
The Contractor shall test all cables for continuity and shorts or grounds. Tests on cables with
connectors attached (connectorized) shall be performed after installation.
The Contractor shall carry out system integration testing to ensure that the interfaces and all
interconnect wiring and cabling perform to the specified standards when used in operation with
all other devices installed under the contract.
The Contractor shall configure interconnect wiring and cabling at all locations shown on the
project plans.

Coaxial cable
The antenna coaxial cables to be used for 5.7 GHz and 900 MHz RF connections shall be of
50 ohms impedance, low loss, flexible, rugged and UV resistant, and shall have greater than 90
dB RF shielding. The coaxial cable shall have a minimum bend radius of 1. Attenuation for
900 MHz shall not exceed 15 dB /100 m. Attenuation for 5.7GHz shall not exceed 40 dB /100
m.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

9. DRAINAGE INLET PROTECTION

07-XXX ALL NEW

RBS**
March 28, 2012

USE WITH 2006 STANDARDS.

NOTE: This nSSP is based on the SSP 07-490_English_A03-13-09.
Use as a permanent sediment control to filter or settle sediment-laden
runoff before discharge into a storm drainage system at drainage inlets in
unpaved areas.
Include a detail for the drainage inlet protection in the plans. The detail
is based on the temporary drainage inlet protection (Type 4A).
Use BEES item 074061A Drainage Inlet Protection
Areas of application must be shown on the plans
10-1.__ DRAINAGE INLET PROTECTION
GENERAL
Summary
1
This work includes constructing and maintaining drainage inlet protection as shown on the
plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Submittals
2
Submit a Certificate of Compliance as specified in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of
Compliance" of the Standard Specifications for:

1. Rolled erosion control products

2. Fiber rolls
3. Fasteners

MATERIALS
Rolled Erosion Control Products
3
RECP must be a long-term, degradable, open-weave textile manufactured or fabricated into
rolls designed to reduce soil erosion and assist in the growth, establishment, and protection of
vegetation. RECP must conform to the classification system established by the Erosion Control
Technology Council. RECPs must be:

1. Netting must be made of coconut fiber woven into a matrix. Netting must comply with
the requirements shown in the following table:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Netting
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method
Classification -- ECTC Type 4 --

Minimum thickness A, B, C 0.30 inch --

Roll width A, B, C 72158 inches --

100% woven coir (coconut

Matrix A, B, C --
fiber)
Universal Soil Loss Equation
(USLE) C-Factor for a 1:1 (H:V) A, B, C 0.25 --
unvegetated slope
A 2.25 psf
ASTM D
Maximum shear stress B 4.4 psf
6460
C 4.6 psf
ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength A, B, C 125 psf
5035

Functional longevity A, B, C 36 months --

A 63 5%
Average open area B 48 5% --
C 38 5%
A 11.8 oz/sq yd
ASTM D
Minimum weight of fabric B 20 oz/sq yd
3776
C 26 oz/sq yd

2. Erosion control blanket must be made of processed natural fibers that are mechanically,
structurally, or chemically bound together to form a continuous matrix that is surrounded
by 2 natural nets. The erosion control blanket must comply with the requirements shown
in the following table:
Erosion Control Blanket
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method
Classification -- ECTC Type 2D --

Net type A, B, C Natural --

Number of nets A, B, C Double --

Minimum roll width A, B, C 72 inches --

A 70/30% (straw/coconut fiber)
B 100% woven coir (coconut fiber)
Matrix --
C Wood excelsior (80 percent of the
fiber 6 inches or longer)
Universal soil loss
equation (USLE) C-Factor for
A, B, C 0.20 --
a 2:1 (H:V) unvegetated
slope.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

A, B, C 1.75 psf ASTM D

Maximum shear stress
6460
A, B, C 75 psf ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength
5035
A, B, C 12 months
Functional longevity --

Fiber Rolls
4
Fiber roll must have a minimum functional longevity of 120 days and comply with the
following requirements:

1. Type A fiber roll must be fabricated from an erosion control blanket rolled along its
width. Secure with natural fiber twine at 6-foot intervals, and 6 inches from each end.
Fiber roll size must comply with either one of the following:

1.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 0.5 lb/ft

1.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 2 lb/ft

2. Type B fiber roll must be a premanufactured roll filled with rice or wheat straw, wood
excelsior, or coconut fiber. Rolls must be covered with biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir
fiber netting secured tightly at each end. Fiber roll size must comply with either one of
the following:

2.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 1.1 lb/ft

2.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 3 lb/ft

Fasteners
5
Wood stakes must be untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. Ends
must be pointed for driving into the ground. Notched stakes must be at least 1 by 2 by 24 inches
in size. Stakes without notches must be at least 1 by 1 by 24 inches.
6
Steel staples must be a minimum of 11 gauge, 6-inch U-shaped staple with a 1-inch crown.
Provide heavier gauge and greater length if required by the site conditions. You may use an
alternative attachment device such as a 100 percent biodegradable fastener to install RECP
instead of staples.
7
Rope to fasten fiber rolls and compost socks must be 1/4-inch diameter and biodegradable
such as sisal or manila.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

CONSTRUCTION
8* Replace "erosion control materials" with other final stabilization as
described in the specifications.
For drainage inlet protection at drainage inlets in unpaved areas:

1. Before installing the drainage inlet protection, ensure the subgrade has been graded
smooth and has no depressed void areas. The subgrade must be free from obstructions,
such as tree roots, projecting stones, or foreign matter greater than 1 inch in diameter
2. Before installing erosion control materials, install drainage inlet protection.
3. Install RECP:

3.1. Fasten RECP to the surface with staples and embed in a trench adjacent to the
drainage inlet
3.2. Anchor the perimeter edge of the RECP in a trench and tamp

4. Install fiber roll:

4.1. Fasten with wood stakes every 24 inches along the length of the fiber roll
4.2. Fasten the ends of the fiber roll by placing a stake 6 inches from the end of the roll
4.3. Drive stakes into the soil so that the top of the stake is less then 2 inches above the
top of the fiber roll
4.4. Place excess soil from excavation of the key trenches uphill of the installed fiber
rolls

Maintenance
9
Repair or replace drainage inlet protection within 24 hours of discovering the damage or
longer if allowed by the Engineer.
10
If your vehicles, equipment, or activities disturb or displace drainage inlet protection, repair
drainage inlet protection at your expense.
11
Maintain drainage inlet protection in a manner that provides sediment holding capacity and
reduces runoff velocities as follows:

1. Remove sediment from drainage inlet protection when sediment is in excess of 2 inches
above the surface of the RECP
2. Repair or adjust the fiber roll or RECP when rills or other evidence of concentrated
runoff occur beneath the drainage inlet protection
3. Repair or replace the fiber roll or RECP when it becomes split, torn, or unraveled
4. Add stakes when the fiber roll slumps or sags
5. Replace broken or split wood stakes
6. Remove sediment deposits, trash, and debris from drainage inlet protection as needed or
when directed by the Engineer. Trash and debris shall be removed and disposed of in

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the
Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications. If removed sediment is
deposited within project limits, it must be stabilized and not exposed to erosion by wind
or water

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

12
Quantities of drainage inlet protection is determined from actual count in place.
13
The contract unit price paid for drainage inlet protection includes full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in constructing the drainage inlet protection, complete in place, as shown on the plans,
as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the
Engineer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

10. FLARED END SECTION PROTECTION

07-XXX ALL NEW

RBS**
March 28, 2012

USE WITH 2006 STANDARDS.

Use as a permanent sediment control to filter or settle sediment-laden
runoff surrounding flared end sections located at the inlet and outlet of
culverts.
Include a detail for the flared end section protection in the plans.
Use BEES item 074064A Flared End Section Protection
Areas of application must be shown on the plans
10-1.__ FLARED END SECTION PROTECTION
GENERAL
Summary
1
This work includes constructing and maintaining flared end section protection as shown on
the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Submittals
2
Submit a Certificate of Compliance as specified in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of
Compliance" of the Standard Specifications for:

1. Rolled erosion control products

2. Fiber rolls
3. Fasteners

MATERIALS
Rolled Erosion Control Products
3
RECP must be a long-term, degradable, open-weave textile manufactured or fabricated into
rolls designed to reduce soil erosion and assist in the growth, establishment, and protection of
vegetation. RECP must conform to the classification system established by the Erosion Control
Technology Council. RECPs must be:

1. Netting must be made of coconut fiber woven into a matrix. Netting must comply with
the requirements shown in the following table:
Netting
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Classification -- ECTC Type 4 --

Minimum thickness A, B, C 0.30 inch --

Roll width A, B, C 72158 inches --

100% woven coir (coconut

Matrix A, B, C --
fiber)
Universal Soil Loss Equation
(USLE) C-Factor for a 1:1 (H:V) A, B, C 0.25 --
unvegetated slope
A 2.25 psf
ASTM D
Maximum shear stress B 4.4 psf
6460
C 4.6 psf
ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength A, B, C 125 psf
5035

Functional longevity A, B, C 36 months --

A 63 5%
Average open area B 48 5% --
C 38 5%
A 11.8 oz/sq yd
ASTM D
Minimum weight of fabric B 20 oz/sq yd
3776
C 26 oz/sq yd

2. Erosion control blanket must be made of processed natural fibers that are mechanically,
structurally, or chemically bound together to form a continuous matrix that is surrounded
by 2 natural nets. The erosion control blanket must comply with the requirements shown
in the following table:
Erosion Control Blanket
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method
Classification -- ECTC Type 2D --

Net type A, B, C Natural --

Number of nets A, B, C Double --

Minimum roll width A, B, C 72 inches --

A 70/30% (straw/coconut fiber)
B 100% woven coir (coconut fiber)
Matrix --
C Wood excelsior (80 percent of the
fiber 6 inches or longer)
Universal soil loss
equation (USLE) C-Factor for
A, B, C 0.20 --
a 2:1 (H:V) unvegetated
slope.
A, B, C 1.75 psf ASTM D
Maximum shear stress
6460

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

A, B, C 75 psf ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength
5035
A, B, C 12 months
Functional longevity --

Fiber Rolls
4
Fiber roll must have a minimum functional longevity of 120 days and comply with the
following requirements:

3. Type A fiber roll must be fabricated from an erosion control blanket rolled along its
width. Secure with natural fiber twine at 6-foot intervals, and 6 inches from each end.
Fiber roll size must comply with either one of the following:

1.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 0.5 lb/ft

1.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 2 lb/ft

4. Type B fiber roll must be a premanufactured roll filled with rice or wheat straw, wood
excelsior, or coconut fiber. Rolls must be covered with biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir
fiber netting secured tightly at each end. Fiber roll size must comply with either one of
the following:

2.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 1.1 lb/ft

2.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 3 lb/ft

Fasteners
5
Wood stakes must be untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. Ends
must be pointed for driving into the ground. Notched stakes must be at least 1 by 2 by 24 inches
in size. Stakes without notches must be at least 1 by 1 by 24 inches.
6
Steel staples must be a minimum of 11 gauge, 6-inch U-shaped staple with a 1-inch crown.
Provide heavier gauge and greater length if required by the site conditions. You may use an
alternative attachment device such as a 100 percent biodegradable fastener to install RECP
instead of staples.
7
Rope to fasten fiber rolls and compost socks must be 1/4-inch diameter and biodegradable
such as sisal or manila.

CONSTRUCTION
8* Replace "erosion control materials" with other final stabilization as
described in the specifications.
For flared end section protection at flared end sections in unpaved areas:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

5. Before installing the flared end section protection, ensure the subgrade has been graded
smooth and has no depressed void areas. The subgrade must be free from obstructions,
such as tree roots, projecting stones, or foreign matter greater than 1 inch in diameter
6. Before installing erosion control materials, install flared end section protection.
7. Install RECP:

3.1. Fasten RECP to the surface with staples and embed in a trench adjacent to the flared
end section
3.2. Anchor the perimeter edge of the RECP in a trench and tamp

8. Install fiber roll:

4.1. Fasten with wood stakes every 24 inches along the length of the fiber roll
4.2. Fasten the ends of the fiber roll by placing a stake 6 inches from the end of the roll
4.3. Drive stakes into the soil so that the top of the stake is less then 2 inches above the
top of the fiber roll
4.4. Place excess soil from excavation of the key trenches uphill of the installed fiber
rolls

Maintenance
9
Repair or replace flared end section protection within 24 hours of discovering the damage or
longer if allowed by the Engineer.
10
If your vehicles, equipment, or activities disturb or displace flared end section protection,
repair flared end section protection at your expense.
11
Maintain flared end section protection in a manner that provides sediment holding capacity
and reduces runoff velocities as follows:

7. Remove sediment from flared end section protection when sediment is in excess of 2
inches above the surface of the RECP
8. Repair or adjust the fiber roll or RECP when rills or other evidence of concentrated
runoff occur beneath the flared end section protection
9. Repair or replace the fiber roll or RECP when it becomes split, torn, or unraveled
10. Add stakes when the fiber roll slumps or sags
11. Replace broken or split wood stakes
12. Remove sediment deposits, trash, and debris from flared end section protection as needed
or when directed by the Engineer. Trash and debris shall be removed and disposed of in
accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the
Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications. If removed sediment is
deposited within project limits, it must be stabilized and not exposed to erosion by wind
or water

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

12
Quantities of flared end section protection is determined from actual count in place.
13
The contract unit price paid for flared end section protection includes full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in constructing the flared end section protection, complete in place, as shown on the
plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by
the Engineer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

11. DRAINAGE OUTLET PROTECTION

07-XXX ALL NEW
RBS**
March 28, 2012

USE WITH 2006 STANDARDS.

Use as a permanent sediment control to filter or settle sediment-laden
runoff before discharge into unlined conveyances, swales, or receiving
waters.
Include a detail for the drainage outlet protection in the plans.
Use BEES item 074063A Drainage Outlet Protection
Areas of application must be shown on the plans
10-1.__ DRAINAGE OUTLET PROTECTION
GENERAL
Summary
1
This work includes constructing and maintaining drainage outlet protection as shown on the
plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Submittals
2
Submit a Certificate of Compliance as specified in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of
Compliance" of the Standard Specifications for:

1. Rolled erosion control products

2. Fiber rolls
3. Fasteners

MATERIALS
Rolled Erosion Control Products
3
RECP must be a long-term, degradable, open-weave textile manufactured or fabricated into
rolls designed to reduce soil erosion and assist in the growth, establishment, and protection of
vegetation. RECP must conform to the classification system established by the Erosion Control
Technology Council. RECPs must be:

1. Netting must be made of coconut fiber woven into a matrix. Netting must comply with
the requirements shown in the following table:
Netting
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

Classification -- ECTC Type 4 --

Minimum thickness A, B, C 0.30 inch --

Roll width A, B, C 72158 inches --

100% woven coir (coconut

Matrix A, B, C --
fiber)
Universal Soil Loss Equation
(USLE) C-Factor for a 1:1 (H:V) A, B, C 0.25 --
unvegetated slope
A 2.25 psf
ASTM D
Maximum shear stress B 4.4 psf
6460
C 4.6 psf
ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength A, B, C 125 psf
5035

Functional longevity A, B, C 36 months --

A 63 5%
Average open area B 48 5% --
C 38 5%
A 11.8 oz/sq yd
ASTM D
Minimum weight of fabric B 20 oz/sq yd
3776
C 26 oz/sq yd

2. Erosion control blanket must be made of processed natural fibers that are mechanically,
structurally, or chemically bound together to form a continuous matrix that is surrounded
by 2 natural nets. The erosion control blanket must comply with the requirements shown
in the following table:
Erosion Control Blanket
Type Test
Property Requirements
Method
Classification -- ECTC Type 2D --

Net type A, B, C Natural --

Number of nets A, B, C Double --

Minimum roll width A, B, C 72 inches --

A 70/30% (straw/coconut fiber)
B 100% woven coir (coconut fiber)
Matrix --
C Wood excelsior (80 percent of the
fiber 6 inches or longer)
Universal soil loss
equation (USLE) C-Factor for
A, B, C 0.20 --
a 2:1 (H:V) unvegetated
slope.
A, B, C 1.75 psf ASTM D
Maximum shear stress
6460

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

A, B, C 75 psf ASTM D
Minimum tensile strength
5035
A, B, C 12 months
Functional longevity --

Fiber Rolls
4
Fiber roll must have a minimum functional longevity of 120 days and comply with the
following requirements:

5. Type A fiber roll must be fabricated from an erosion control blanket rolled along its
width. Secure with natural fiber twine at 6-foot intervals, and 6 inches from each end.
Fiber roll size must comply with either one of the following:

1.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 0.5 lb/ft

1.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 2 lb/ft

6. Type B fiber roll must be a premanufactured roll filled with rice or wheat straw, wood
excelsior, or coconut fiber. Rolls must be covered with biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir
fiber netting secured tightly at each end. Fiber roll size must comply with either one of
the following:

2.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 1.1 lb/ft

2.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 3 lb/ft

Fasteners
5
Wood stakes must be untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. Ends
must be pointed for driving into the ground. Notched stakes must be at least 1 by 2 by 24 inches
in size. Stakes without notches must be at least 1 by 1 by 24 inches.
6
Steel staples must be a minimum of 11 gauge, 6-inch U-shaped staple with a 1-inch crown.
Provide heavier gauge and greater length if required by the site conditions. You may use an
alternative attachment device such as a 100 percent biodegradable fastener to install RECP
instead of staples.
7
Rope to fasten fiber rolls and compost socks must be 1/4-inch diameter and biodegradable
such as sisal or manila.

CONSTRUCTION
8* Replace "erosion control materials" with other final stabilization as
described in the specifications.
For drainage outlet protection:

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

9. Before installing the drainage outlet protection, ensure the subgrade has been graded
smooth and has no depressed void areas. The subgrade must be free from obstructions,
such as tree roots, projecting stones, or foreign matter greater than 1 inch in diameter
10. Before installing erosion control materials, install drainage outlet protection.
11. Install RECP:

3.1. Fasten RECP to the surface with staples and embed in a trench adjacent to the
drainage outlet
3.2. Anchor the perimeter edge of the RECP in a trench and tamp

12. Install fiber roll:

4.1. Fasten with wood stakes every 24 inches along the length of the fiber roll
4.2. Fasten the ends of the fiber roll by placing a stake 6 inches from the end of the roll
4.3. Drive stakes into the soil so that the top of the stake is less then 2 inches above the
top of the fiber roll
4.4. Place excess soil from excavation of the key trenches uphill of the installed fiber
rolls

Maintenance
9
Repair or replace drainage outlet protection within 24 hours of discovering the damage or
longer if allowed by the Engineer.
10
If your vehicles, equipment, or activities disturb or displace drainage outlet protection, repair
drainage outlet protection at your expense.
11
Maintain drainage outlet protection in a manner that provides sediment holding capacity and
reduces runoff velocities as follows:

13. Remove sediment from drainage outlet protection when sediment is in excess of 2 inches
above the surface of the RECP
14. Repair or adjust the fiber roll or RECP when rills or other evidence of concentrated
runoff occur beneath the drainage outlet protection
15. Repair or replace the fiber roll or RECP when it becomes split, torn, or unraveled
16. Add stakes when the fiber roll slumps or sags
17. Replace broken or split wood stakes
18. Remove sediment deposits, trash, and debris from drainage outlet protection as needed or
when directed by the Engineer. Trash and debris shall be removed and disposed of in
accordance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the
Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications. If removed sediment is
deposited within project limits, it must be stabilized and not exposed to erosion by wind
or water

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-4

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

12
Quantities of drainage outlet protection is determined from actual count in place.
13
The contract unit price paid for drainage outlet protection includes full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in constructing the drainage outlet protection, complete in place, as shown on the plans,
as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the
Engineer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-5

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

12. CHECK DAM

07-XXX ALL NEW
RBS**
March 28, 2012

USE WITH 2006 STANDARDS.

NOTE: This nSSP is based on the 07-415_E_A08-01-08 SSP
Use with erosion control blanket as a permanent sediment control
structure in ditches and swales to trap and detain sediment in concentrated
flows of storm water runoff. Check dams reduce scour and channel erosion
by reducing flow velocity.
Use with SSP 20-010 Erosion Control Blanket or other RECP or TRM
used as a ditch and swale lining.
Use BEES item 074062A Check Dam
Areas of application must be shown on the plans
10-1.__ CHECK DAM
GENERAL
Summary
1
This work includes constructing and maintaining check dam as shown on the plans, as
specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Submittals
2
Submit a Certificate of Compliance as specified in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of
Compliance" of the Standard Specifications for:

1. Fiber rolls
2. Fasteners

MATERIALS
Fiber Rolls
4
Fiber roll must have a minimum functional longevity of 120 days and comply with the
following requirements:

7. Type A fiber roll must be fabricated from an erosion control blanket rolled along its
width. Secure with natural fiber twine at 6-foot intervals, and 6 inches from each end.
Fiber roll size must comply with either one of the following:

1.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 0.5 lb/ft

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-1

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

1.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 2 lb/ft

8. Type B fiber roll must be a premanufactured roll filled with rice or wheat straw, wood
excelsior, or coconut fiber. Rolls must be covered with biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir
fiber netting secured tightly at each end. Fiber roll size must comply with either one of
the following:

2.1. 8 to 10 inches in diameter, 10 to 20 feet long, and at least 1.1 lb/ft

2.2. 10 to 12 inches in diameter, at least 10 feet long, and at least 3 lb/ft

Fasteners
5
Wood stakes must be untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. Ends
must be pointed for driving into the ground. Notched stakes must be at least 1 by 2 by 24 inches
in size. Stakes without notches must be at least 1 by 1 by 24 inches.
7
Rope to fasten fiber rolls and compost socks must be 1/4-inch diameter and biodegradable
such as sisal or manila.

CONSTRUCTION
8
Construct check dams no more than 90 days before project completion.
9
Before installing the flared end section protection, ensure the subgrade has been graded
smooth and has no depressed void areas. The subgrade must be free from obstructions, such as
tree roots, projecting stones, or foreign matter greater than 1 inch in diameter.
10* Replace "erosion control blanket" if another rolled erosion control
product (RECP) is described such as Jute Mesh, Coir Netting, or turf
reinforcement mat (TRM).
Check dams must be:

1. Installed after the application of erosion control blanket in the ditch or swale
2. Placed approximately perpendicular to the centerline of the ditch or drainage line
3. Installed with sufficient spillway depth to prevent flanking of concentrated flow around
the ends of the check dam

11
Fiber rolls for check dams must be:

1. Fastened with rope and notched wood stakes.

2. Installed by driving stakes into the soil until the notch is even with the top of the fiber roll
3. Installed by lacing the rope between stakes and over the fiber roll. Knot the rope at each
stake

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-2

Department of Transportation Book 3 I-15/I-215 I/C Improvements (Devore) Project
E.A. 08-0K7104
Project ID 08000003664

4. Tightened by driving the stakes further into the soil forcing the fiber roll against the
surface of the ditch or drainage line

Maintenance
12
Repair or replace check dam within 24 hours of discovering the damage or longer if allowed
by the Engineer.
13
If your vehicles, equipment, or activities disturb or displace flared end section protection,
repair check damat your expense.
14
Maintain check dam in a manner that provides sediment holding capacity and reduces runoff
velocities as follows:

19. Remove sediment from check dam when sediment is in excess of 1/3 the height of the
fiber roll
20. Repair or adjust the fiber roll when rills or other evidence of concentrated runoff occur
beneath the check dam
21. Repair or replace the fiber roll when it becomes split, torn, or unraveled
22. Add stakes when the fiber roll slumps or sags
23. Replace broken or split wood stakes
24. Remove sediment deposits, trash, and debris from check dam as needed or when directed
by the Engineer. Trash and debris shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with
the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of
Way," of the Standard Specifications. If removed sediment is deposited within project
limits, it must be stabilized and not exposed to erosion by wind or water

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

15
Check dam is measured by the linear foot along the centerline of the check dams. Where
fiber rolls are joined and overlapped, the overlap is measured as a single installed check dam.
16. Do not "full comp" erosion control blanket, RECP, or TRM.
The contract price paid per linear foot for check dam includes full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in constructing the check dams, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified
in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Modifications To Special Provisions 5-3